<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" version="2.0">

<channel>
	<title>WE AND THE COLOR - Creative Inspiration</title>
	<atom:link href="https://weandthecolor.com/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
	<link>https://weandthecolor.com/</link>
	<description>WE AND THE COLOR is a blog about creative inspiration in art, graphic design, illustration, photography, architecture, fashion, product, interior, video and motion design.</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2026 11:25:34 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.0.8</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/cropped-WATC-Logo-2000x2000-1-32x32.png</url>
	<title>WE AND THE COLOR</title>
	<link>https://weandthecolor.com/</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:keywords>design,art,graphic,print,posters,illustration,photographer,blog,photographs,digital,art,pop,art,retro,minimal</itunes:keywords><itunes:summary>WE AND THE COLOR is a showcase of creative inspiration in art, graphic design, illustration, photography, architecture, fashion, product, interior, video and motion design.</itunes:summary><itunes:subtitle>WE AND THE COLOR is a showcase of creative inspiration in art, graphic design, illustration, photography, architecture, fashion, product, interior, video and motion design.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="Arts"><itunes:category text="Design"/></itunes:category><item>
		<title>Conviva Font Family by Fincker Font Cuisine</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/conviva-font-family-by-fincker-font-cuisine/213060</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2026 11:25:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Conviva]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Fincker Font Cuisine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font family]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Julien Fincker]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sans serif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[typeface]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=213060</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Conviva font family treats accessibility as a drawing problem, and Julien Fincker solves it letter by letter. He released this humanistic sans serif on October 25, 2026, through his foundry Fincker Font Cuisine. Julien was kind enough to send me the font files so I could test the family myself. At first sight, clean [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/conviva-font-family-by-fincker-font-cuisine/213060">Conviva Font Family by Fincker Font Cuisine</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Conviva font family treats accessibility as a drawing problem, and Julien Fincker solves it letter by letter. He released this humanistic sans serif on October 25, 2026, through his foundry <a href="https://www.fontcuisine.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fincker Font Cuisine</a>. Julien was kind enough to send me the font files so I could test the family myself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At first sight, clean shapes and a precise rhythm make the Conviva font family easy to like. Yet the details do the real work. For example, the characters 1, I, l, and i look nearly identical in many sans serifs, but Conviva draws them apart. That one decision therefore matters on signs and screens, where readers cannot stop to decode a character.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.fontcuisine.com/fonts/conviva" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The family is available from Fincker Font Cuisine. </a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Accessibility is now a legal matter, too. The European Accessibility Act has applied since June 28, 2025, and it reaches online shops and ticketing machines. Of course, a typeface cannot make a product compliant. It can, however, remove one reason to fail, and the Conviva font family goes after that reason at the level of single characters.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="696" height="1856" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Conviva-font-family-Julien-Fincker-Fincker-Font-Cuisine-1.webp" alt="The Conviva font family is a sans-serif typeface for accessible communication by Julien Fincker of Fincker Font Cuisine." class="wp-image-213057" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Conviva-font-family-Julien-Fincker-Fincker-Font-Cuisine-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Conviva-font-family-Julien-Fincker-Fincker-Font-Cuisine-1-60x160.webp 60w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Conviva-font-family-Julien-Fincker-Fincker-Font-Cuisine-1-576x1536.webp 576w" sizes="(max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">The Conviva font family is a sans-serif typeface for accessible communication by Julien Fincker of Fincker Font Cuisine.</figcaption></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is the Conviva Font Family?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is the short definition. The Conviva font family is a humanistic sans serif by Julien Fincker, and Fincker Font Cuisine released it on October 25, 2026. Altogether, it offers 10 weights with matching italics, which makes 20 styles with 1,369 glyphs each.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien Fincker took the name from the Spanish verb convivir, which means to live together. Also, the specimen repeats that idea in four languages, with &#8220;vivre ensemble,&#8221; &#8220;zusammen leben,&#8221; &#8220;convivir,&#8221; and &#8220;living together&#8221; on one page. Few specimens back such a phrase with real drawing decisions. The Conviva font family does.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien is French and lives near Stuttgart. He studied communication and graphic design and later worked at Grafisches Atelier Stankowski + Duschek, a studio that carries the name of Anton Stankowski, who drew the Deutsche Bank logo in 1974. Then in 2018 he drew his first letters and, at the start of 2019, released his first typeface. So the Conviva font family arrives nearly eight years after that first release.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Letter Recognition Drives the Conviva Font Family</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First, readers recognize letters, and recognition fails when characters look alike. Julien Fincker therefore designed the Conviva font family on that premise. According to his specimen, studies show that readers identify letters more easily by their upper half than by their lower half. Hence, he separates look-alike letters at the top.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because the press material refers to studies without naming them, I treat the upper-half claim as the foundry&#8217;s working theory, yet the drawings in the specimen follow that theory so consistently, across all four accessibility pages, that it earns respect on practical grounds.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The 1, I, l, and i Test</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here, the specimen sets 1, I, l, and i in the Conviva font family next to the same characters in another font. In the other font, the three upright strokes nearly merge. Conviva, by contrast, keeps each character distinct. Julien also says small details solve the problem without hurting the formal look of the typeface. The sample supports him.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">B8, O0, OQ, and the Mirror Pairs</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">B and 8, O and 0, and O and Q get the same treatment. Likewise, the zero looks clearly different from the capital O in the sample. Letters that mirror each other need their own fix. After all, the brain treats a mirrored object as the same object, and that shortcut helps in daily life but hurts when b, d, p, and q read as reflections of each other. Thus, Julien Fincker alters certain details so that those four letters, along with 6 and 9, stop behaving like twins. People with reading difficulties gain the most, according to the specimen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Would your current body font pass these three checks?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Four More Features, One Sentence Each</h3>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open shapes keep c, e, and o apart when the image blurs.</li>



<li>Clear, highlighted dots mark the i and the j.</li>



<li>Angled spurs separate n and b, and extended tails help f, y, and t.</li>



<li>Extended ascenders, a large x-height, and low contrast support the reading flow.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which Weights of the Conviva Font Family Suit Accessible Design?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For accessible design, Julien Fincker recommends the weights from Light to Extrabold in the Conviva font family. That range covers Light, Book, Regular, Medium, Bold, and Extrabold, so 12 of the 20 styles qualify. Meanwhile, the specimen grays out Thin, Extralight, Heavy, and Black.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His reasoning is plain. Thin strokes get hard to see in low light, while thick strokes look dark on the page. Medium weights, in contrast, keep a stroke thickness that stays legible under difficult conditions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I rarely see a foundry gray out four of its ten weights in its own specimen. That honesty makes the Conviva font family more credible to me. Still, Heavy and Black suit display work, and the specimen sets GREEN DEMOCRACY in a heavy weight to show it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Clean Look of the Conviva Font Family</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On a leaf photograph, the specimen sets the word Handglöves in huge white letters and tags eight traits. These include a large x-height, tapered spurs and terminals, extended ascenders, low contrast, and open apertures. The umlaut also points to multilingual support, and the whole construction follows a humanistic approach.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My own reading is short. Here, low contrast gives the strokes an even tone, and the large x-height gives lowercase text a calm, open look. Together, they make the Conviva font family precise and friendly at once.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Classification helps here. For example, the humanistic skeleton places Conviva closer to Frutiger than to Helvetica, and Adrian Frutiger drew Frutiger for the signage at Charles de Gaulle Airport in Paris. Similarly, Atkinson Hyperlegible, which the Braille Institute released in 2019, shares the goal of separating look-alike characters. On top of that, the Conviva font family offers ten weights with italics and a deep OpenType toolkit.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">OpenType Features in the Conviva Font Family</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Behind the Conviva font family sits a long OpenType feature list. It includes small caps, lining and oldstyle figures with tabular versions of both, fractions, superscripts and subscripts, case-sensitive forms and 29 currency symbols. Contextual alternates also adjust times such as 20:35, and the stylistic sets offer alternates for the u and the a, plus two ampersands.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Type (5) and Get a Circled 5</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The typing system for circled and squared symbols is my favorite detail in the Conviva font family. Type <code>(5)</code> and the font draws an outlined circle around the 5. Then add a period, as in <code>(5.)</code>, and the circle fills. Square brackets, in turn, produce squares, so <code>[4.]</code> returns a filled square.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Arrows follow the same logic. Type <code>-&gt;</code> for an arrow and <code>(-&gt;.)</code> for the filled circled version.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Only standard ligatures need to be active, and Adobe apps switch them on by default. The travel app in the specimen shows the payoff. For instance, its ticket card labels the departure from Amsterdam Centraal with a circled 1 and the arrival in Barcelona-Sants with a circled 2, and a filled arrow sits in front of each track number. Nobody needs a glyph palette for that.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Variable Font Files Come on Request</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The formats list for the Conviva font family names OTF, WOFF, WOFF2, and a variable TTF. The variable version has two axes, one for weight and one for italic, so a single file can replace many static files on a website. The specimen adds a catch, though. Variable fonts are available on request. Ask for the file before you plan a site build around it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Designers Can Use the Conviva Font Family</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien Fincker names corporate design, editorial work, public communication, and wayfinding systems as target uses for the Conviva font family. First, the specimen mocks up a printed plant magazine. It also shows a travel app and a website for a rainforest organization. I would add forms and ticket machines, because look-alike characters cause real errors there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Regular for body text and Bold for headlines would be my starting point with the Conviva font family. The proof pages help here, because they set every style at five sizes, from 40/48 down to 8/10. So check your own text at 12/15 before you commit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A font alone fixes nothing. WCAG level AA asks for a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 for normal body text, and no typeface changes that math. In fact, the specimen itself admits that white text on a yellow background looks terrible. Julien Fincker also concedes that not every project needs accessibility, and I appreciate that candor.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Two predictions follow. First, I expect client briefs to ask for accessible type as routinely as they ask for brand colors within two years, and I expect foundries to answer with documented reasoning and character comparisons, the way this specimen does, because the European Accessibility Act gives buyers a legal reason to ask. Second, independent reader studies will become the next demand, and the Conviva font family is a good candidate for one.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Conviva Font Family License and Price</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien sells the Conviva font family under two license models, each for one user. The Standard license costs €50 per style or €300 for all 20 styles. The Extended license costs €500 per style or €3,000 for the family. In practice, a family license at €300 saves 70% against buying 20 single styles at €50 each, which would total €1,000.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Standard license for the Conviva font family covers desktop and web use on unlimited domains, up to 100,000 page views a month across all domains, and it allows PDF embedding only. The Extended license, by comparison, raises the web limit to 1,500,000 page views a month and adds 5 mobile app titles, 5 e-publishing titles, unlimited broadcast use, and unlimited document embedding. One more line deserves attention. The specimen lists third parties such as designers and developers as No under the Standard license and Yes under the Extended license. So read it twice if you build sites for other people.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Conviva Font Family at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th>Conviva font family</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Designer</th><td>Julien Fincker</td></tr><tr><th>Foundry</th><td>Fincker Font Cuisine, Ditzingen, Germany</td></tr><tr><th>Release date</th><td>October 25, 2026</td></tr><tr><th>Classification</th><td>Humanistic sans serif</td></tr><tr><th>Styles</th><td>10 weights with matching italics, 20 styles in total</td></tr><tr><th>Glyphs per style</th><td>1,369</td></tr><tr><th>Language support</th><td>More than 200 Latin-based languages</td></tr><tr><th>Currency symbols</th><td>29</td></tr><tr><th>Formats</th><td>OTF, WOFF, WOFF2, variable TTF on request</td></tr><tr><th>Recommended weights for accessible design</th><td>Light to Extrabold</td></tr><tr><th>Standard license</th><td>€50 per style, €300 for all 20 styles</td></tr><tr><th>Extended license</th><td>€500 per style, €3,000 for all 20 styles</td></tr><tr><th>Launch offer</th><td>50% off with code Conviva50 until January 15, 2027</td></tr><tr><th>Specimen</th><td>Version 1.0, 48 pages</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Q&amp;A:</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the Conviva font family?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Conviva font family is a humanistic sans serif that Julien Fincker designed for accessible communication. It offers 10 weights with matching italics, which makes 20 styles.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who designed the Conviva font family, and when did it come out?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien Fincker designed it, and his foundry Fincker Font Cuisine, in Ditzingen, Germany, released it on October 25, 2026.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is the Conviva font family good for readers with dyslexia?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien Fincker designed the Conviva font family with readers who have reading difficulties and visual impairments in mind, and he alters mirror-prone letters on purpose. The press material, however, cites no study of Conviva itself, so test it with your own readers.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which weights of the Conviva font family suit accessible design?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Julien Fincker recommends Light, Book, Regular, Medium, Bold and Extrabold, each with a matching italic. The specimen leaves Thin, Extralight, Heavy and Black outside that range.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many languages does the Conviva font family support?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It supports more than 200 Latin-based languages, from Afrikaans and Czech to Welsh and Zulu. The specimen lists no Cyrillic or Greek, but Font Cuisine offers language extensions on request.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does the Conviva font family come as a variable font?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, with one axis for weight and one for italic. Font Cuisine provides the variable files on request.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How much does the Conviva font family cost?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Standard license for the Conviva font family costs €50 per style or €300 for all 20 styles. The Extended license costs €500 per style or €3,000 for the family. Students get 80% off with the Educational license.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I test the Conviva font family for free?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Font Cuisine offers free trial fonts on its Test Fonts page. Check there whether Conviva is included.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is there a discount on the Conviva font family?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Font Cuisine sells the Conviva font family exclusively with a 50% discount, and the coupon code is Conviva50. Enter it on the <a href="https://www.fontcuisine.com/fonts/conviva" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Conviva page at Font Cuisine</a> before January 15, 2027.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 2 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/conviva-font-family-by-fincker-font-cuisine/213060">Conviva Font Family by Fincker Font Cuisine</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>These Y3K Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters Turn One Word Into the Whole Poster</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/these-y3k-liquid-chrome-photoshop-letters-turn-one-word-into-the-whole-poster/213051</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 01 Nov 2026 16:05:30 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[adobe photoshop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Liquid Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[liquid metal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photoshop effect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photoshop mockuo]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Typography]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Y3K]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=213051</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Liquid chrome Photoshop letters look effortless in a preview image, but they often look different once you open the PSD and try to spell your own headline. And the renewed interest makes sense because the Y2K liquid metal effect has returned to album covers and sneaker campaigns, and it now signals a slightly absurd, hopeful [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/these-y3k-liquid-chrome-photoshop-letters-turn-one-word-into-the-whole-poster/213051">These Y3K Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters Turn One Word Into the Whole Poster</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Liquid chrome Photoshop letters look effortless in a preview image, but they often look different once you open the PSD and try to spell your own headline. And the renewed interest makes sense because the Y2K liquid metal effect has returned to album covers and sneaker campaigns, and it now signals a slightly absurd, hopeful future. Avelina Studio leans into that mood with a cheeky label, Y3K, and a blobby alphabet that looks poured instead of drawn.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my position up front. This set excels at short titles and struggles with anything people must read quickly. Both facts are fine, as long as you plan for them.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fy3k-chrome-letters-alphabet-a-z%2F1227238627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download them from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this PSD file requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Fphotoshop.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adobe Photoshop</a>. The latest version can be downloaded from the Adobe Creative Cloud website; visit this <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">link</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fy3k-chrome-letters-alphabet-a-z%2F1227238627" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="696" height="1008" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Y3K-Liquid-Chrome-Letters-Alphabet-A-Z-Adobe-Photoshop-Avelina-Studio-1.webp" alt="Y3K Liquid Chrome Photoshop Smart Objects (Full Alphabet From A-Z) by Avelina Studio." class="wp-image-213049" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Y3K-Liquid-Chrome-Letters-Alphabet-A-Z-Adobe-Photoshop-Avelina-Studio-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Y3K-Liquid-Chrome-Letters-Alphabet-A-Z-Adobe-Photoshop-Avelina-Studio-1-110x160.webp 110w" sizes="(max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Y3K Liquid Chrome Photoshop Smart Objects (Full Alphabet From A-Z) by Avelina Studio.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fy3k-chrome-letters-alphabet-a-z%2F1227238627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download them from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Are Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters, Exactly?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Liquid chrome Photoshop letters are pre-rendered letterforms with a mirror-metal finish that arrive as layered PSD graphics instead of an installable font.</strong> You cannot type with them. You place, rotate, and arrange them like photographs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That distinction shapes everything else. A font gives you a keyboard, kerning, and endless repeats of the same letter. Artwork gives you exactly what the artist rendered, and nothing more. The chrome text effect in this set comes baked into each letter, so you never fight with layer styles or gradient maps.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Designers often search for &#8220;chrome text effect Photoshop&#8221; and end up with a tutorial that takes an hour. Pre-rendered artwork skips that hour. In return, you accept the limits of whatever the studio drew.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Inside the Avelina Studio Y3K Set?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The product page lists a clear set of contents. The numbers are worth reading closely, because they decide what you can build.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th>Detail</th><th>What it means in practice</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Letters</td><td>26 isolated uppercase letters, A to Z</td><td>One artwork per letter, no duplicates</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>PSD graphics, not fonts</td><td>No typing, no kerning table</td></tr><tr><td>Resolution</td><td>7000 × 5500 pixels (about 38.5 megapixels)</td><td>Roughly 23.3 × 18.3 inches at 300 ppi</td></tr><tr><td>Light effects</td><td>4 separated lights</td><td>Flares and glints you place yourself</td></tr><tr><td>Composition elements</td><td>5 extras, including sparkle shapes</td><td>Quick polish for covers and posters</td></tr><tr><td>Best use</td><td>Short titles, covers, posters, social graphics</td><td>Weak for body copy or long words</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why the 7000 × 5500 Canvas Matters</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The canvas ratio is 14:11, which sits close to a landscape print format. That gives you room for large posters. It also lets you crop deep into a single letter for a macro-style detail shot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Scaling down is easy. Scaling up is where chrome fails, because reflections turn soft and the illusion collapses. So start with the largest size you might need.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What the Set Does Not Include</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The preview shows no numerals and no punctuation. The cover title spells &#8220;Y3K,&#8221; yet the listing mentions only letters A to Z. A rotated letter probably stands in for the 3. Check this before you plan a numbered title.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do You Build a Title With Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The workflow is simple. The craft lives in the decisions you make before you drag anything. I use a four-step routine for any chrome lettering project.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Create a master canvas.</strong> Choose the final size first. For web graphics, 3000 × 2000 pixels is plenty.</li>



<li><strong>Convert each letter to a Smart Object.</strong> This lets you resize without destroying the source pixels.</li>



<li><strong>Rotate every letter slightly.</strong> A tilt of two to six degrees breaks the stiff, typed look.</li>



<li><strong>Add the lights last.</strong> If a light layer arrives on black, try the Screen blend mode.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each step takes minutes. Together, they turn separate objects into one believable word.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Do Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters Break Down?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every pre-rendered letter set has a weak spot. This one has three, and I named them so you can spot them quickly.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Reflection Debt</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Reflection debt is the visual cost you pay when you reuse or mirror a chrome letter.</strong> The set contains one artwork per letter. Words with repeats, such as &#8220;LOOP&#8221; or &#8220;SUMMER,&#8221; force you to duplicate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Duplicates carry identical highlights. Viewers spot that faster than you expect. Flipping a copy horizontally reverses the light direction, which contradicts the sky behind it. So pick words with unique letters whenever you can. &#8220;CHROME&#8221; works well because each letter appears once.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Blob Legibility Threshold</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The blob legibility threshold is the point where a letter&#8217;s mass swallows its own counter.</strong> The counter is the enclosed space inside letters such as R, Q, and G. In the preview, those three carry the heaviest curl. Their openings shrink to narrow slits.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At a large size, that looks wonderful. At thumbnail size, an R can read as a lumpy P. Would a stranger scrolling past your post decode it in half a second? If not, shorten the word or enlarge the type.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Sky Dependency</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Sky dependency describes chrome&#8217;s need for a bright, varied environment to look like metal.</strong> The product images prove this. The letters over a blue sky and a glassy city look convincing. Against a flat dark field, they behave more like gray plastic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Chrome reflects its surroundings. Give it a boring background, and it reflects boredom.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Pour Test: A Four-Question Check Before You Commit</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I run every chrome title through the same checklist. I call it the pour test because liquid metal punishes careless planning.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Letter count:</strong> Can you say the word in under five letters?</li>



<li><strong>Repeats:</strong> Does any letter appear twice?</li>



<li><strong>Reading distance:</strong> Will a viewer read this at phone size?</li>



<li><strong>Sky:</strong> Does the background give the chrome something to reflect?</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Two failures mean you should rethink the word. Three failures mean you should use a different tool.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is the Y2K Liquid Metal Effect Still Worth Using?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think yes, but with a strict budget. Chrome works as a headline tool and fails as a paragraph tool. A single chrome word on a clean background feels confident. Five chrome words on one poster feel like a ringtone ad from 2003.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Consider the contrast too. A glossy, ultra-smooth metal letter looks sharper beside rough grain or plain sans-serif text. Pair these letters with quiet typography, and they gain authority.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my forecast. Within two years, I expect static chrome lettering to become the first frame of animated loops. Designers will export a title, add a moving light pass, and post it as a short clip. Sets that include separated lights, like this one, will have a head start.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Long-Tail Uses That Fit This Set</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Several practical uses suit this alphabet well. Album and playlist covers benefit from the glossy contrast. Event posters and YouTube thumbnails work when the word stays short. Y2K aesthetic graphic design projects, such as zine covers, fit the mood without extra effort. Many designers also search for &#8220;3D chrome lettering for posters&#8221; and &#8220;metallic text PSD for thumbnails.&#8221; This set answers both searches, with the caveats above.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">My Verdict on These Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The rendering quality is high. Reflections look dense and varied, and the shapes feel confident. The weak point is flexibility, because one artwork per letter limits your vocabulary.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would buy this set for cover art and short hero titles. I would skip it for anything that needs long words or numerals. Choose your words first, then choose your letters.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fy3k-chrome-letters-alphabet-a-z%2F1227238627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download them from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Are these liquid chrome Photoshop letters a font?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. They are 26 isolated PSD graphics. You cannot type with them, so you arrange each letter by hand.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What resolution do the letters use?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The template uses 7000 × 5500 pixels. That equals about 38.5 megapixels, or roughly 23.3 × 18.3 inches at 300 ppi.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I use the same letter twice in one word?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can duplicate a letter, but the identical reflections show quickly. Rotate it or crop the layout to hide the repeat.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do the letters include numbers or punctuation?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The listing mentions only A to Z. Check the full file contents before you plan a title with numerals.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do I use chrome letters in Photoshop for a poster?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Place each letter as a Smart Object, rotate it slightly, and arrange the word on a bright background. Then add the light effects with the Screen blend mode.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the best background for chrome lettering?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Choose a bright, varied scene such as a sky or a glossy cityscape. Chrome needs something to reflect, or it looks flat.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Will chrome lettering stay popular?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Style cycles move fast, yet the Y2K liquid metal effect keeps returning in new forms. I expect it to shift toward motion graphics next.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Don&#8217;t hesitate to find other cool graphics in the <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">templates</a> section here at WE AND THE COLOR.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 4 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/these-y3k-liquid-chrome-photoshop-letters-turn-one-word-into-the-whole-poster/213051">These Y3K Liquid Chrome Photoshop Letters Turn One Word Into the Whole Poster</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Art Styles of 2027 Are Moving Back Into the Room</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-art-styles-of-2027-are-moving-back-into-the-room/213036</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 01 Nov 2026 11:11:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Art]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[art]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[art styles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[art styles 2027]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[art trends]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=213036</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The strongest new work is moving back into the room. Online art sales fell 11% to $9.2 billion in 2025, their lowest level since 2019, because high-value deals returned to in-person channels. I think that shift will shape the art styles of 2027 more than any single medium does. Still, museums and biennials moved first. [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-art-styles-of-2027-are-moving-back-into-the-room/213036">The Art Styles of 2027 Are Moving Back Into the Room</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The strongest new work is moving back into the room. Online art sales fell 11% to $9.2 billion in 2025, their lowest level since 2019, because high-value deals returned to in-person channels. I think that shift will shape the art styles of 2027 more than any single medium does. Still, museums and biennials moved first.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Their 2026 programs and 2027 calendars favor work you have to stand in front of. For example, Venice asked visitors to breathe. Likewise, the Whitney Biennial leaned on sound. Frieze London also gave booth space to weavings and a life-sized newspaper office.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This article ranks ten artistic styles that I expect to carry the most weight in 2027. I rank them by institutional backing, not by social media reach. Besides, some of them photograph poorly, and I count that in their favor.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img decoding="async" width="696" height="1035" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Popular-Art-Styles-2027.webp" alt="Popular Art Styles 2027" class="wp-image-213044" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Popular-Art-Styles-2027.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/11/Popular-Art-Styles-2027-108x160.webp 108w" sizes="(max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which Art Styles Will Be Popular in 2027?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Popular here means influential, not mass-market. The ten styles below have visible backing from major museums, biennials, or fairs, and they speak to artists and collectors who take contemporary art seriously. However, decorative wall art and immersive projection shows do not qualify. Neither does generative image-making, which the 2026 Whitney Biennial largely left out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The ranking is my judgment, so it claims no measurement. It orders the styles by how much institutional backing I found for each one. Evidence comes from the 2026 Venice Biennale, the 2026 Whitney Biennial, Frieze London in October 2026, and the 2027 calendars at Tate Modern, Fondation Beyeler, and documenta.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Woven and fiber sculpture (fiber, wire, and clay that build space)</li>



<li>Art that reopens overlooked histories (museums revise the canon)</li>



<li>Quiet, sound-led installation (sound and low light carry the meaning)</li>



<li>Diasporic figurative painting (saturated, collage-built figures)</li>



<li>Ecological and kinship-driven art (plants, animals, and soil as partners)</li>



<li>Installations that critique the art fair (the booth as the subject)</li>



<li>Salvage and found-material sculpture (debris that keeps its origin visible)</li>



<li>Game-engine art (the engine as a medium)</li>



<li>Ink and watercolor on paper (paper ahead of canvas)</li>



<li>Surrealist-inspired painting (hybrid bodies in dreamlike color)</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Ten Art Styles in 2027, Ranked</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">1. Woven and Fiber Sculpture</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Woven sculpture builds three-dimensional form from fiber and wire. Ruth Asawa set the benchmark, and Fondation Beyeler in Basel gives her the first European retrospective, which runs from October 18, 2026, to January 10, 2027. When her suspended wire forms hang in a gallery, they cast shadows onto the wall that shift with every step a visitor takes, and that moving shadow, which no static photograph can hold, carries as much of the sculpture’s meaning as the wire does.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Spain follows with a pairing. From November 5, 2026, to March 29, 2027, the Reina Sofía and MACBA present Asawa alongside Aurèlia Muñoz in Weaving the Sculpture. Also, Muñoz brings a Catalan textile tradition to the dialogue. In short, thread and wire now sit comfortably in the sculpture gallery.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Similarly, Frieze London 2026 showed the same appetite in the fair setting. Eilen Itzel do Espírito Santo exhibited The Infinite Weft with Bolanle Contemporary. The large textile work uses woodcut prints on recycled saris, stitched in Nakshi Kantha, a Bengali quilting technique that is facing extinction. Meanwhile, Ken Nwadiogbu, this year’s Young Generation Art Award winner, brought Akwete fabric into paintings of Igbo masquerade figures.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Clay follows the same logic. For instance, the Met’s exhibition of Japanese ceramics runs until August 8, 2027, with roughly 350 works from across 13,000 years. Then Lynda Benglis arrives at Tate Modern on September 30, 2027, with more than 50 works. She does not weave, yet her poured and knotted forms belong to the same argument for soft, material-led sculpture.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">2. Art That Reopens Overlooked Histories</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First, some of the strongest 2027 programming returns to artists and stories that earlier surveys skipped. Tate Modern shows Baya from June 10 to October 17, 2027, and the exhibition examines her influence on Picasso and Breton. Nalini Malani follows on July 1 with the largest show of her work to date, which runs to January 3, 2028.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next, Sharjah Biennial 17 opens even earlier. It runs from January 21 to June 13, 2027, with 109 participants, under the title What remains, sits restive. The curators Angela Harutyunyan and Paula Nascimento build it around unresolved pasts and the way they shape the present.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Frieze Masters pushed the same revision into the fair. Roland Dorcély, the Haitian painter who lived from 1930 to 2017, appeared with Loeve&amp;Co. In addition, the gallery Harlesden High Street gave Luce Turnier, another Haitian artist, her first London showing. The market also backs this direction. Modern-art dealers grew sales by 11% in 2025, while contemporary dealers stalled.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Still, not every overlooked artist deserves a retrospective. I hope the best 2027 shows admit that.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">3. Quiet, Sound-Led Installation</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Quiet installation relies on sound, low light, and slow pacing to carry its meaning. The late Koyo Kouoh conceived the 61st Venice Biennale, In Minor Keys, as an alternative to bombast. It runs from May 9 to November 22, 2026, with 111 artists. At the entrance, visitors read an invitation to breathe.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Whitney Biennial 2026 ran from March 8 to August 23 with 56 artists and collectives. Critics noted how strongly sound shaped the show. Now Naomi Beckwith has announced that the composer Raven Chacon joins documenta 16 as curator-at-large, a decision she made public on October 29, 2026.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then politics arrived in Venice. The jury resigned nine days before the opening, and the Biennale replaced its Golden Lions with Visitors’ Lions. I find it telling that the quietest Biennale in years produced the loudest argument. Would you cross a continent for a room that asks you to breathe?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">4. Diasporic Figurative Painting</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Diasporic figurative painting builds saturated, collage-like images about people who move between places and archives. At Frieze London 2026, Victoria Miro showed Kudzanai-Violet Hwami, who works from photographs and archival imagery and adds digital sources. Maxwell Alexandre hung works in a brick pattern across a wall at Carlos/Ishikawa.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The documenta 16 team points the same way. Its members bring expertise in diasporic art, Black cultural movements, feminist theory, and decolonial practice, so I expect this style to stay central in Kassel. I value it most when the collage does real work. Archives and screens meet in one picture, and the painting argues with both.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">5. Ecological and Kinship-Driven Art</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ecological art treats plants, animals, soil, and water as partners in the work. The Whitney Biennial 2026 listed interspecies kinships among its themes. Xiaoyu Weng, a member of the documenta 16 team, focuses her curatorial practice on ecological and environmental change seen through feminism and decolonization. Documenta 16 has not named its artists yet, so this entry is a forecast.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My worry is dilution. Wall text adopted the word &#8220;kinship&#8221; faster than artists built a method around it. Yet a living system changes by the hour, so the best work in this field will not hold still for a photograph.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">6. Installations That Critique the Art Fair</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fair-critical installation turns the booth itself into the subject. Frieze London 2026 ran from October 14 to 18 with more than 170 exhibitors, and several booths mocked the fair from inside. Ewa Poniatowska at Galerina built a boutique entrance with transparent doors reading “WESTERN QUALITY.” Inside, cast walnuts held clock faces, and gallerists in white gloves handled them like jewels.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Amanda Moström at Rose Easton took a different route. Her installation mixed an office chair, an umbrella, a tissue box, and a disco ball partly covered in goatskin, and it changed daily. Marcus Jefferson at Harlesden High Street built a life-sized newspaper office. What happens when the joke sells at the fair it mocks?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I admire the nerve of all three. For instance, Poniatowska’s piece critiques the luxury ritual while sitting inside it, and it knows that. Expect more booths like these at the 2027 fairs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">7. Salvage and Found-Material Sculpture</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Salvage sculpture builds from reclaimed or consumer debris and keeps the origin of each part visible. Frieze London 2026 featured Isaiah Davis, who showed welded structures of reclaimed steel at King’s Leap, with chains shackled to the wall under the title Undertow. Alex Da Corte assembled Princess Daffodil from a glass drinking straw and a heart-shaped eraser, then added the plastic skirt of a Disney Princess toy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Salvage looks cheap, yet it costs a fortune in thinking.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">8. Game-Engine Art</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Game-engine art treats the physics and camera of a game engine as its medium. It also proves that screen-based work can fill a room. Theo Triantafyllidis showed a gaming sculpture at Frieze London 2026 that visitors could climb aboard and play together. Ayoung Kim’s 2025 solo show at MoMA PS1 and the video games in the Whitney Biennial 2026 point the same way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Notice what the Whitney Biennial left out. It gave generative AI little room, yet it made space for video games. I read that as a preference for authored systems over prompted ones, and I agree.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">9. Ink and Watercolor on Paper</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ink and watercolor on paper are taking space from the canvas. Tate Modern’s Ink opens on April 22, 2027, and runs to August 30 in the Eyal Ofer Galleries. At Frieze London 2026, the gallery TINA hung Karim Boumjimar’s watercolor The Prairie, which measures 50 by 39 centimeters. Dealers with annual turnover under $500,000 reported double-digit gains in average sales last year. Paper may therefore give new buyers a first serious purchase.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">10. Surrealist-Inspired Painting</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">White Cube gave its Frieze London 2026 booth to Ilana Savdie and hung her beside Louise Bourgeois, Salvador Dalí, Hans Bellmer, and Leonor Fini. The pairing places her paintings of hybrid bodies in a surrealist line. It also tells viewers what to think before they look. I would let her paintings speak first.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I admire the ambition. Still, this style travels well on screens, so I expect the feed to saturate it by 2028.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Art Styles of 2027 at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Rank</th><th>Style</th><th>Defining move</th><th>Evidence from 2026</th><th>Key date in 2027</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>1</td><td>Woven and fiber sculpture</td><td>Fiber, wire and clay build space</td><td>Ruth Asawa retrospective, Fondation Beyeler</td><td>Lynda Benglis, Tate Modern, from September 30</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>Overlooked histories</td><td>Museums reopen the canon</td><td>Roland Dorcély and Luce Turnier at Frieze Masters</td><td>Baya, Tate Modern, June 10 to October 17</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>Quiet, sound-led installation</td><td>Sound and low light carry meaning</td><td>Venice Biennale and Whitney Biennial</td><td>documenta 16, June 12 to September 19</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Diasporic figurative painting</td><td>Collage-built, saturated figures</td><td>Kudzanai-Violet Hwami and Maxwell Alexandre at Frieze London</td><td>documenta 16, June 12 to September 19</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Ecological and kinship-driven art</td><td>Living systems as partners</td><td>Whitney Biennial themes</td><td>documenta 16 (artists not yet named)</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td>Fair-critical installation</td><td>The booth becomes the subject</td><td>Ewa Poniatowska and Amanda Moström at Frieze London</td><td>No fixed date</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>Salvage sculpture</td><td>Debris keeps its origin</td><td>Isaiah Davis and Alex Da Corte at Frieze London</td><td>No fixed date</td></tr><tr><td>8</td><td>Game-engine art</td><td>The engine as medium</td><td>Theo Triantafyllidis at Frieze London</td><td>No fixed date</td></tr><tr><td>9</td><td>Ink and watercolor on paper</td><td>Paper ahead of canvas</td><td>Karim Boumjimar at Frieze London</td><td>Ink, Tate Modern, April 22 to August 30</td></tr><tr><td>10</td><td>Surrealist-inspired painting</td><td>Hybrid bodies in dreamlike color</td><td>Ilana Savdie at White Cube, Frieze London</td><td>No fixed date</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Does the Art Market Say About 2027?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The market backs the move toward presence. Global sales reached $59.6 billion in 2025, up 4%. Online sales fell to $9.2 billion because high-value deals went back to in-person channels. Meanwhile, Modern-art dealers grew sales by 11%, and contemporary dealers stalled.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dealers sound cautious but hopeful. In fact, forty-three percent expect stronger sales in 2026, and nineteen percent expect a decline. Because buyers still favor established names while museums revise the canon through major surveys of artists such as Baya and Asawa, I expect woven sculpture and rediscovered modernists to draw collector attention before anything else on this list, since both already have institutional momentum.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Will Happen to These Art Trends in 2027?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The first answers arrive in January, when Sharjah Biennial 17 opens. After that, I stake five predictions.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sharjah Biennial 17 will set the tone for work about unresolved histories, and at least two later 2027 group shows will echo its themes.</li>



<li>documenta 16 will place sound-led and ecological work at the center of its program.</li>



<li>Lynda Benglis at Tate Modern will shift collector attention from woven forms toward poured and cast sculpture.</li>



<li>The next market report, due in early 2027, will show online sales close to $9 billion again.</li>



<li>Surrealist-inspired painting will saturate by 2028, and its strongest painters will leave it first.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About the Art Styles of 2027</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the top art styles of 2027?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The top art styles of 2027 are woven and fiber sculpture, art that reopens overlooked histories, quiet sound-led installation, diasporic figurative painting, ecological and kinship-driven art, installations that critique the art fair, salvage sculpture, game-engine art, ink and watercolor on paper, and surrealist-inspired painting. I rank them by institutional backing.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How did you pick these artistic styles?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Two filters decided it. First, each style needed visible backing from a major institution, biennial, or fair in 2026 or 2027. Second, it needed to hold up for artists and collectors who take the field seriously.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is painting still relevant in 2027?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. For example, Albert Oehlen filled the Gagosian booth at Frieze London 2026 with six new large canvases. Diasporic figurative painting and surrealist-inspired painting both sit on this list. Strong painting stays relevant because it argues something instead of decorating a wall.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Will AI art define 2027?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Not at the institutions that set the agenda. Instead, the 2026 Whitney Biennial gave AI themes little room, and curators now ask under what conditions artists use these tools. Artists such as Ayoung Kim work with game engines instead.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What should collectors know about these emerging art movements?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Start where museums and dealers agree. Both support woven sculpture and rediscovered modernists. Also, ask for conservation and installation notes, because textiles, wire, and works on paper need careful light and humidity control.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can I see these art trends in person?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most reference points sit in Europe and New York. Venice’s In Minor Keys closes on November 22, 2026. Fondation Beyeler shows Ruth Asawa until January 10, 2027, and the Met shows Japanese ceramics until August 8, 2027. Sharjah Biennial 17 runs from January 21 to June 13, 2027. Tate Modern opens Baya on June 10 and Nalini Malani on July 1. documenta 16 closes on September 19, 2027.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/art">Art</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 6 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-art-styles-of-2027-are-moving-back-into-the-room/213036">The Art Styles of 2027 Are Moving Back Into the Room</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Collected Works’ Studio Website Redesign Gets an LED Truck and a Driving Game</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-collected-works-studio-website-redesign-gets-an-led-truck-and-a-driving-game/213023</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 31 Oct 2026 07:28:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser game]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[game]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio website]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TCW]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Collected Works]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[website redesign]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=213023</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A studio website redesign usually ends with a launch post that few people read. The Collected Works skipped the post and rented a truck. The New York and New Orleans design studio loaded its new studio website onto an LED screen, drove it around New York City for eight hours, and then built a video [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-collected-works-studio-website-redesign-gets-an-led-truck-and-a-driving-game/213023">The Collected Works&#8217; Studio Website Redesign Gets an LED Truck and a Driving Game</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A studio website redesign usually ends with a launch post that few people read. The Collected Works skipped the post and rented a truck. The New York and New Orleans design studio loaded its new <a href="https://www.tcw.studio/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">studio website</a> onto an LED screen, drove it around New York City for eight hours, and then built a video game about the ride. I think it is the most honest portfolio launch of the year, and I want to show you why.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Would a Design Studio Put Its Studio Website on a Truck?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio says it wanted an unexpected way to share the new site. That is a polite description of a real problem. A studio website sits in a browser tab, and nobody walks past a browser tab.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A truck changes the math. Traffic forces strangers to look at your homepage for the length of a red light. According to the studio, people stopped, filmed, and clapped.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call this a <strong>street-level launch</strong>. It means releasing a studio website in public space first and online second. The logic is simple. If a homepage holds up under a stranger&#8217;s glance from a sidewalk, it will hold up in a search result.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most studios announce a redesign. The Collected Works staged one. What would your own studio put on a truck?</p>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video height="1080" style="aspect-ratio: 1920 / 1080;" width="1920" autoplay controls loop muted src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Studio-Website-Redesign-with-LED-Truck-and-a-Driving-Game.mov" playsinline></video></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Does the New Studio Website Look Like?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The homepage opens with the line &#8220;Brands Built to Move.&#8221; Below it sits &#8220;NYC × NOLA &amp; BEYOND&#8221; and a day counter that read 4,613 when I loaded the page. The studio describes itself as an independent design studio that builds identity systems for technology, culture, and entertainment.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Homepage details worth a second look</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Two clocks show New York and New Orleans time, one hour apart. Next to each clock sits the line &#8220;Wait&#8230;10 AM–6 PM M–F.&#8221; The five selected projects on the studio website are LiveKit, Circuit, Dropbox, Sooki, and Expensify. The studio sets its type in Saans from Displaay Type Foundry, and Nick DiMatteo handled development.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then comes the part that matters. The &#8220;What We&#8217;ve Been Up To&#8221; section opens with two items. Their titles are &#8220;We Put Our Website on a Truck.&#8221; and &#8220;Then We Made a Video Game About the Truck.&#8221; The studio website tells the whole story in two headlines.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I read &#8220;Brands Built to Move&#8221; as the real brief for the stunt. A studio that sells identity systems built to move made its own identity move. That reads as a thesis, and it explains why the truck never feels random.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Did the Truck Project Work?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Eight hours on New York streets</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio rented an enormous LED truck and uploaded its studio website onto the side. It then drove the truck around New York City for eight hours. The team also designed custom bumper stickers and air fresheners. Merchandise for a truck sounds like a joke, yet it gives people something to keep.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">A 90-second film with a bebop soundtrack</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio hired Driftless Films to follow the truck and capture reactions. The footage became a 90-second short film with a professional voiceover narrator and a bebop jazz soundtrack. You can watch it at tcw.studio/truck.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The length matters. Ninety seconds fits short-form feeds and a forwarded message to a prospective client. Meanwhile, the bebop choice signals taste before a single project appears.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is OUT OF OFFICE, the Game Behind the Truck?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">OUT OF OFFICE is a multiplayer arcade driving game inspired by Sega&#8217;s Crazy Taxi. Players drive the studio&#8217;s LED truck through the studio&#8217;s own version of New York City. They pick up projects from the studio&#8217;s history and deliver them. Expensify is one of the deliveries.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The team built a small TCW universe around that loop. It includes billboards with past work and collaborators, hidden Easter eggs, inside jokes, and 3D scans of real team members. Other players share the city, and so does the studio. You can find the game at truck.tcw.studio.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why the delivery mechanic works</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Design studios deliver projects for a living. A game about delivering projects therefore turns the portfolio into the gameplay verb. I call this a <strong>playable portfolio</strong>, meaning a portfolio where visitors handle past work instead of scrolling past it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The multiplayer choice carries a risk. The studio says more trucks make the city more fun, which also means an empty city feels dull. A shared world needs players, and that depends on whether the film and the coverage send them. I would check the player count before judging the game.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-video"><video height="1080" style="aspect-ratio: 1920 / 1080;" width="1920" autoplay controls loop muted src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Collected-Works-Website-Gameplay.mp4" playsinline></video></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is a Three-Surface Launch?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Collected Works did not release one thing. It released a studio website, a film, and a game, each with its own link. I call this a <strong>three-surface launch</strong>, and each surface does a different job.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio website carries the credentials. The film carries the story into social feeds. The game carries attention because a game asks for minutes, whereas a homepage asks for seconds.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio also made a point I find useful. None of it was client work. The team says that fact makes the project interesting, and I agree. A client brief would have cut the air fresheners first.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Can Other Studios Learn From This Studio Website Launch?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Start from your own positioning line. The Collected Works sells identity systems that move, so a moving truck fits. A studio that sells quiet editorial typography needs a different vehicle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next, plan for reactions. A film crew turned eight hours of driving into 90 seconds of proof. Without footage, the truck stays a rumor.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Finally, price the whole stack honestly. A rented LED truck, a film crew, a narrator, and a game build add up fast. Few studios can match that budget. I expect smaller teams to borrow the idea in cheaper form, such as a homepage projected on a building wall. I also expect at least one more studio to ship a playable portfolio by 2028.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Studio Website Launch at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Element</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Studio</td><td>The Collected Works, New York City and New Orleans</td></tr><tr><td>Studio website</td><td>tcw.studio</td></tr><tr><td>Truck stunt</td><td>Rented LED truck, eight hours in New York City</td></tr><tr><td>Film</td><td>90 seconds, shot by Driftless Films, voiceover, bebop jazz, tcw.studio/truck</td></tr><tr><td>Game</td><td>OUT OF OFFICE, multiplayer, inspired by Crazy Taxi, truck.tcw.studio</td></tr><tr><td>Client work</td><td>None</td></tr><tr><td>Selected work on the homepage</td><td>LiveKit, Circuit, Dropbox, Sooki, Expensify</td></tr><tr><td>Typeface</td><td>Saans by Displaay Type Foundry</td></tr><tr><td>Development</td><td>Nick DiMatteo</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Common Questions About the Studio Website, Truck, and Game</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who is The Collected Works?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Collected Works is an independent design studio based in New York City and New Orleans. It builds identity systems for technology, culture, and entertainment. Its client projects include Expensify, Dropbox, LiveKit, Circuit, and Sooki.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How long did the studio drive the LED truck?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio drove the truck around New York City for eight hours. Driftless Films followed along and filmed the reactions.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is OUT OF OFFICE?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">OUT OF OFFICE is a multiplayer arcade driving game inspired by Crazy Taxi. Players drive the studio&#8217;s LED truck through a custom version of New York City and deliver projects from the studio&#8217;s history.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Was the truck project client work?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The studio says the truck, the film, and the game were made for itself.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the studio&#8217;s tagline?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The homepage footer reads &#8220;Rad Work for Rad People<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />&#8221; and lists the phone number +1.951.OOO.DAMN.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Any footage © <a href="https://www.tcw.studio/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Collected Works</a>. Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/design/web-design-2">Web Design</a> category for more creative inspiration.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 8 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-collected-works-studio-website-redesign-gets-an-led-truck-and-a-driving-game/213023">The Collected Works&#8217; Studio Website Redesign Gets an LED Truck and a Driving Game</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		<enclosure length="25695895" type="video/quicktime" url="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Studio-Website-Redesign-with-LED-Truck-and-a-Driving-Game.mov"/>
<enclosure length="13217958" type="video/mp4" url="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Collected-Works-Website-Gameplay.mp4"/>

			<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>A studio website redesign usually ends with a launch post that few people read. The Collected Works skipped the post and rented a truck. The New York and New Orleans design studio loaded its new studio website onto an LED screen, drove it around New York City for eight hours, and then built a video [&amp;#8230;] The post The Collected Works&amp;#8217; Studio Website Redesign Gets an LED Truck and a Driving Game appeared first on WE AND THE COLOR.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>A studio website redesign usually ends with a launch post that few people read. The Collected Works skipped the post and rented a truck. The New York and New Orleans design studio loaded its new studio website onto an LED screen, drove it around New York City for eight hours, and then built a video [&amp;#8230;] The post The Collected Works&amp;#8217; Studio Website Redesign Gets an LED Truck and a Driving Game appeared first on WE AND THE COLOR.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>design,art,graphic,print,posters,illustration,photographer,blog,photographs,digital,art,pop,art,retro,minimal</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>The NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template for InDesign Creates a Complete Brand Book in 26 Slides</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-neo-brand-guidelines-presentation-template-for-indesign-creates-a-complete-brand-book-in-26-slides/213016</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 13:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Branding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe InDesign]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe Stock]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[brand guidelines]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[InDesign Template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[presentation]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=213016</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>RedGiant&#8217;s NEO brand guidelines presentation template addresses a problem I think many studios ignore until a client sends back a stretched logo. Designers love creating visual identities. However, they hate documenting them. As a result, a freelancer guesses, and the brand starts to drift. RedGiant, an Adobe Stock contributor, designed this customizable Adobe InDesign layout [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-neo-brand-guidelines-presentation-template-for-indesign-creates-a-complete-brand-book-in-26-slides/213016">The NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template for InDesign Creates a Complete Brand Book in 26 Slides</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">RedGiant&#8217;s NEO brand guidelines presentation template addresses a problem I think many studios ignore until a client sends back a stretched logo. Designers love creating visual identities. However, they hate documenting them. As a result, a freelancer guesses, and the brand starts to drift.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">RedGiant, an Adobe Stock contributor, designed this customizable Adobe InDesign layout to close that gap. The NEO brand guidelines presentation template ships with 26 predesigned slides at 1920 × 1080 px. Still, it stays light. I opened every page, and I have opinions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brand documents have left the print shelf. Teams share them in chat threads and attach them to pitch decks. Therefore, a 16:9 deck fits real habits better than an A4 manual. Is your current brand document still a Word file with a pasted logo?</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fbrand-guidelines-presentation-design-layout%2F2227066390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Findesign.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe InDesign</a> to be installed on your computer. Whether you use Mac or PC, the latest version is available on the Adobe Creative Cloud website—take a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fbrand-guidelines-presentation-design-layout%2F2227066390" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="2088" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-NEO-Brand-Guidelines-Presentation-Template-RedGiant-1.webp" alt="The NEO brand guidelines presentation template was designed by RedGiant as a customizable Adobe InDesign layout." class="wp-image-213014" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-NEO-Brand-Guidelines-Presentation-Template-RedGiant-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-NEO-Brand-Guidelines-Presentation-Template-RedGiant-1-53x160.webp 53w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-NEO-Brand-Guidelines-Presentation-Template-RedGiant-1-512x1536.webp 512w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-NEO-Brand-Guidelines-Presentation-Template-RedGiant-1-683x2048.webp 683w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">The NEO brand guidelines presentation template was designed by RedGiant as a customizable Adobe InDesign layout.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fbrand-guidelines-presentation-design-layout%2F2227066390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is the NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The NEO brand guidelines presentation template is an editable Adobe InDesign layout that documents a brand identity across 26 slides. It measures 1920 × 1080 px, the Full HD frame, so exported PDFs fill a modern screen. The look stays uniform and minimal.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In plain terms, a brand guidelines presentation template gives every brand rule a fixed place to live. Everything here is customizable. You can delete pages you don&#8217;t need and duplicate the ones you do. Besides that, the preview photos are placeholders, so your own graphics and text drop in quickly.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does the NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template Organize Its 26 Slides?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I sorted the pages into four groups. The grouping shows what the designer cares about.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Six Slides Open the Document</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Two covers start the file. One is light yellow, and the other is near black. Both carry the oversized vertical NEO lettering along the right edge. Next come the introduction, contents, brand values, and brand keyword pages.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The contents page lists eleven entries, from Intro to Info. The brand values page uses four numbered rows. I like that restraint. After all, most brands can&#8217;t defend more than four values.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Eleven Slides Carry the Rules</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This block does the heavy lifting. Four slides cover the logo. They are Logos, Logo Mark, Logotype, and Logo Misuse.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Logo Mark page draws measurement lines around the symbol. The Logotype page marks clear space around the wordmark. The Logo Misuse page shows four numbered mistakes, each crossed out. I would keep all of it. Misuse pages end more arguments than any other slide.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Four color slides follow. They define white, light gray, light yellow, and black. A circular chart on the Colors Palette page maps tonal steps. Meanwhile, the Colors Title page places the swatches over photography.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Three typography slides finish the block. Two placeholder typefaces, labeled A1 and B2, open the section. A hierarchy page then sets heading levels. Replace the labels with your real fonts.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Six Slides Prove the Brand in Use</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here the NEO brand guidelines presentation template earns its keep. Business card, letterhead, envelope, swing tag, website, and Instagram post each get a mockup page. Each page also carries a small block for size and print details.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Two image slides and an info page close the deck. Image Layout and Image Gallery show how photos sit on the grid. The Info page holds contact details.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Rule-to-Proof Ratio Explains Why This Deck Works</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use a simple metric to judge any guidelines deck. I call it the Rule-to-Proof Ratio. It divides rule slides by proof slides. A rule slide states a standard. A proof slide shows that standard in a real application.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The NEO brand guidelines presentation template scores 11 to 6, or roughly 1.8 to 1. My rule of thumb says a healthy deck sits between 1.5 and 2.5. Above 2.5, readers drown in specs. Below 1.5, the deck turns into a mood board.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Handoff Test adds a second check. A freelancer who never met you should set a business card from the deck alone. NEO&#8217;s business card slide passes once you fill in its detail block.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then comes Guideline Debt. I define it as the hidden cost of every brand decision you made but never wrote down. It grows with each new hire and each new vendor. A template can&#8217;t erase it. Yet 26 labeled slots make every missing decision visible.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When a client emails a request for the logo on a dark background, a studio that wrote its rules into a deck like this can answer in one reply with a page number, while a studio without one spends the afternoon rebuilding the argument from memory.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do You Customize the NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template in InDesign?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Work in this order. It saves rework.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the NEO brand guidelines presentation template and replace the logo on the Logo Mark and Logotype pages.</li>



<li>Add your swatches to InDesign and recolor the four color slides.</li>



<li>Apply your real fonts to the typography slides.</li>



<li>Swap the placeholder photos and mockups for your own.</li>



<li>Delete slides you don&#8217;t need, and duplicate the layouts you do.</li>



<li>Add hyperlinks from the contents page, then export the PDF.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">InDesign adds interactive features such as hyperlinks and bookmarks. Link the contents entries to their slides first. That single step makes the PDF behave like a small website. As a result, clients jump straight to the logo rules instead of scrolling.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Does the Template Fall Short?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No tool earns a free pass. This one has gaps.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The contents list skips tone of voice. It also has no icon or motion slides. For a modern identity, those gaps matter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The palette leans toward fashion and lifestyle brands. A light yellow beside black suits a boutique. It may feel odd for a bank. Likewise, the body text blocks look small at 1920 px, so plan on larger sizes if clients read on phones.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because the deck follows a fixed 16:9 frame at 1920 by 1080 pixels, anyone who wants a printed A4 manual for a trade show must rebuild each page and check every image crop again, which cancels a good part of the time the template saves.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, you can fix every item above in InDesign. Still, buyers should know about them before downloading.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Will Brand Guidelines Look Like by 2028?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I predict that most small studios will deliver guidelines as interactive PDFs with live links. Static decks will feel as dated as emailing a logo in a Word file.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also expect AI tools to read these decks. Clear page titles such as Logo Misuse and Colors Palette work as retrieval labels. So the plain page names in the NEO brand guidelines presentation template are a quiet advantage. Label your slides for humans first and machines second.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My thesis is simple. The best guidelines deck in 2028 will be the one a stranger can use without calling you.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Designer</td><td>RedGiant, Adobe Stock contributor</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>Customizable Adobe InDesign layout</td></tr><tr><td>Size</td><td>1920 × 1080 px (16:9, Full HD)</td></tr><tr><td>Pages</td><td>26 predesigned slides</td></tr><tr><td>Export</td><td>PDF for on-screen presentation</td></tr><tr><td>Style</td><td>Uniform, modern, minimalist</td></tr><tr><td>Editing</td><td>Delete, add, or duplicate any page</td></tr><tr><td>Interactivity</td><td>Interactive features through InDesign</td></tr><tr><td>Images</td><td>Preview photos are placeholders</td></tr><tr><td>Rule-to-Proof Ratio</td><td>11 rule slides to 6 proof slides (about 1.8 to 1)</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Freelancers, small studios, and in-house teams</td></tr><tr><td>Weak spots</td><td>No tone of voice, icon, or motion slides; screen-first format</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fbrand-guidelines-presentation-design-layout%2F2227066390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Q&amp;A</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the NEO brand guidelines presentation template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is an editable Adobe InDesign layout by RedGiant with 26 predesigned slides at 1920 × 1080 px. It documents logo, color, typography, and brand applications.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which software do I need to edit the NEO brand guidelines presentation template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You need Adobe InDesign. Once you finish, you can export a PDF that opens on any screen.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many slides does it include?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It includes 26. You can delete pages you don&#8217;t need and duplicate the ones you do.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I add interactive features?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Adobe InDesign lets you add interactive features, such as hyperlinks, to the guidelines before you export.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do the preview photos come with the layout?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The photos in the previews are placeholders. Add your own graphics, images, and text to the slides.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who should use a minimalist brand guidelines template like this?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Freelancers and small studios benefit most. They need a clear brand book fast, and this layout gives them one.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I print the guidelines?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, but plan the work. The layout is 1920 by 1080 pixels in landscape, while A4 measures 210 by 297 millimeters in portrait.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a>, <a href="/category/design/graphic-design-2">Graphic Design</a>, and <a href="/category/design/branding-design-2">Branding</a> categories for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 10 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-neo-brand-guidelines-presentation-template-for-indesign-creates-a-complete-brand-book-in-26-slides/213016">The NEO Brand Guidelines Presentation Template for InDesign Creates a Complete Brand Book in 26 Slides</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Dripdrop Liquid Font Set by Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/dripdrop-liquid-font-set-by-sam-parrett-of-set-sail-studios/213006</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 09:46:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dripdrop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[liquid font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[liquid fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sam Parrett]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Set Sail Studios]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=213006</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set Packs Six Fonts and 43 Ink Extras Into One Loud Headline Kit. The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set is a headline tool, and it knows that. Sam Parrett made it with real squirts of liquid ink on paper. As a result, every letter looks wet, and none of them pretend to [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/dripdrop-liquid-font-set-by-sam-parrett-of-set-sail-studios/213006">Dripdrop Liquid Font Set by Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set Packs Six Fonts and 43 Ink Extras Into One Loud Headline Kit.</h2>



<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The <strong>Dripdrop Liquid Font Set</strong> is a headline tool, and it knows that. Sam Parrett made it with real squirts of liquid ink on paper. As a result, every letter looks wet, and none of them pretend to be body text.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have featured <a href="/tag/sam-parrett">Sam Parrett&#8217;s fonts</a> on WE AND THE COLOR for years, but the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set behaves differently from most of these fonts. So this time, I went through the preview sheets and the spec list line by line.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Wet gloss keeps showing up on merch and album art, and the hoodie mockup in the preview proves it. That mockup pours a galaxy texture into the letters of COSMIC FLOW. It explains the appeal of the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set better than any spec list. You get letters that already look like they drip, so you can fill them with anything.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can download the complete set for a very low budget from:</strong></p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://setsailstudios.com/downloads/dripdrop-liquid-font-set/ref/234/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Set Sail Studios</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2FSamParrett%2F290974152-Dripdrop-Liquid-Font-Set" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Creative Market</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.youworkforthem.com/font/T27506/dripdrop-liquid-font-set?aff=565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">YouWorkForThem</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My thesis is simple. The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set solves liquid lettering by separating shape from shine and selling both versions together. This article tests that idea against the files, the previews, and a Photoshop workflow. The names here, such as Alt Swap and Reflection Lock, are my own editorial labels. They are not industry standards.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://setsailstudios.com/downloads/dripdrop-liquid-font-set/ref/234/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="928" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Dripdrop-Liquid-Font-Set-Sam-Parrett-Set-Sail-Studios-1.webp" alt="Dripdrop Liquid Font Set by Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios" class="wp-image-213004" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Dripdrop-Liquid-Font-Set-Sam-Parrett-Set-Sail-Studios-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Dripdrop-Liquid-Font-Set-Sam-Parrett-Set-Sail-Studios-1-120x160.webp 120w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Dripdrop Liquid Font Set by Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios</figcaption></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can download the complete set for a very low budget from:</strong></p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://setsailstudios.com/downloads/dripdrop-liquid-font-set/ref/234/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Set Sail Studios</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2FSamParrett%2F290974152-Dripdrop-Liquid-Font-Set" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Creative Market</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.youworkforthem.com/font/T27506/dripdrop-liquid-font-set?aff=565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">YouWorkForThem</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set is a family of six display fonts by Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios. Set Sail Studios is a type foundry based in the United Kingdom. Parrett made the letters with real ink on paper, then built them into digital fonts. Set Sail Studios sells the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set directly, and both Creative Market and YouWorkForThem carry it too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In plain terms, a liquid font is a typeface whose letters look wet, poured or dripping. The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set delivers that look in a glossy half and a solid half. The glossy half has realistic light reflections built right into each glyph. Meanwhile, the solid half drops those reflections and keeps only the flat ink shape.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Think of the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set as a headline kit, because that framing decides every choice that follows.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How the Six Dripdrop Fonts Work Together</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each file in the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set has a clear job, so skip the guessing.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Dripdrop and Dripdrop Alt</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dripdrop is the main font, and it includes uppercase, lowercase, numerals, and punctuation. The highlights are drawn into each character, which keeps every letter looking wet. The preview sheet also shows euro, dollar, pound, and yen signs, so price tags work immediately.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dripdrop Alt is a second version with a completely new set of uppercase and lowercase characters. Switch to it whenever a word repeats a letter, such as the two o&#8217;s in cool. Then the two o&#8217;s differ from each other, so the word looks custom-made.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call this move the Alt Swap, and it needs only one font change per repeated letter. Set the line in Dripdrop first, then switch only the repeated letter to Dripdrop Alt.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Dripdrop Extras</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dripdrop Extras holds 43 underlines, drips, drizzles, and splats for decorating your headline. Install it as its own font, then type any letter from A to W or a to t. Each key produces one extra.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The count checks out because uppercase A to W covers 23 characters and lowercase a to t covers 20. Together, those two ranges add up to exactly 43 extras in the Dripdrop Extras font.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In practice, duplicate your headline layer and switch the copy to Dripdrop Extras. Then type the letter of the extra you want, and slide that layer behind or above the main line.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Solid Fonts</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dripdrop Solid, Dripdrop Alt Solid, and Dripdrop Extras Solid mirror the first three fonts in the set. They use solid textures with no light reflections, so they keep the shape and drop the shine. Set Sail Studios calls them ideal for 3D rendering and for adding your own textures.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Reflection Lock Problem</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my main criticism of the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set, and I call it Reflection Lock. Reflection Lock happens when the highlights belong to the glyph outlines themselves. As a result, the light source stays fixed, no matter how you rotate or flip the text.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Rotate a headline by 12 degrees, and the highlights rotate with it. If you mirror the text, the light jumps to the other side. Real ink never does that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The preview art of the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set shows the pattern clearly. The highlights appear as pale slivers along the left side of each stem. For example, look at the stem of the d in the dripdrop title card. That setup works well on a flat blue gradient like the one behind the title.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If your layout lights the scene from the right, the highlights drawn into the glossy fonts will contradict everything around them, and no amount of blurring or recoloring will convince a viewer that the ink sits in the same room as the product photo.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I follow a simple Gloss Rule with two parts for every layout. Use the glossy fonts when the headline is the only light source in the layout. Use the Solid fonts whenever anything else in the layout casts light. The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set solves this by shipping both versions in one bundle, so you avoid a second purchase.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Drip Budget and the Limits of 43 Extras</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The 43 extras in the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set tempt you to decorate every word, so set a limit. I use a Drip Budget, meaning the maximum number of extras a layout can carry before it reads as noise.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My working budget is two extras per headline block and four per layout. Beyond that number, the drips start to fight the letters for your viewer&#8217;s attention.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The preview sheet of the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set shows why restraint matters. Its bottom rows hold long horizontal strokes and a dense scatter of droplets. Used carelessly, those extras could bury even a short headline in visual noise. Meanwhile, the hoodie mockup lets the lettering carry the design, and the small type around it stays quiet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Which word in your headline has actually earned a drip, and which words should stay clean?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set Works Best</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Y2K Graphics and Rebellious Branding</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The product description names edgy designs, Y2K-inspired graphics, and rebellious branding as targets. The previews back that up with two clear examples at very different scales. Specifically, the dripdrop title card sets eight lowercase letters at poster scale. Meanwhile, the hoodie mockup sets two short words as a back print.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Short words win. Eight letters is the longest line in either preview, so pick one memorable name and skip the tagline. The set works as a liquid font for logos when the wordmark is one short name.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where It Struggles</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Heavy strokes limit it whenever the text gets small. In the preview, the openings inside the o and the p stay small next to the thick strokes. Also, the letters in the dripdrop title card nearly touch each other. At small sizes, those gaps will clog, so I would not set it below 40 points on screen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tracking needs attention too, so open up the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set slightly when two letters merge into one blob.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Body copy is out of the question for these fonts, so pair it with a quiet sans. Helvetica Neue and Inter both fit that role. The hoodie preview does this well with thin gray Japanese characters and small type around the liquid lettering.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Language Support</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set covers 23 languages, from English and German to Finnish and Latvian.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How to Add a 3D Texture to the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set in Photoshop</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Generative Fill in <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Fphotoshop.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Photoshop</a>, powered by <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Ffirefly.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe Firefly</a>, can add a glossy 3D surface to the fonts. It works on a selection, so the letter shapes become the canvas. I call the method the Solid-First Pipeline, because a Solid font supplies the shape and the AI supplies the light.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The glossy fonts already carry highlights, whereas the Solid fonts leave the lighting open. Set Sail Studios itself calls the Solid fonts ideal for 3D rendering and custom textures. The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set suits this workflow because the Solid fonts keep flat ink shapes.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Solid-First Pipeline in Six Steps</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set your word in Dripdrop Solid or Dripdrop Alt Solid on a plain background layer.</li>



<li>Right-click the type layer and choose Rasterize Type, because Generative Fill works on raster layers.</li>



<li>Hold Ctrl on Windows or Cmd on Mac and click the layer thumbnail to select the letters.</li>



<li>Next, click Generative Fill in the Contextual Task Bar and open the prompt field.</li>



<li>Type a prompt such as &#8220;glossy wet black latex with deep reflections and soft studio light,&#8221; then click Generate.</li>



<li>Cycle through the variations, keep the best one, and add a layer mask to clean the edges.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because Generative Fill only fills what you select, the quality of that selection decides everything, so load the letter shapes straight from the solid font instead of drawing a rough lasso that would leave soft halos around every single tiny drip.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A clean selection does more for the result than a clever prompt.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Prompt Ideas for Liquid Type</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Your material prompt sets the mood of any Dripdrop Liquid Font Set headline. Liquid mercury with a mirror finish gives the letters a cold chrome look. Red candy gloss with thick white highlights pushes the same shapes toward pop merch. Wet black tar with a faint blue rim light keeps things moody. Translucent green slime with strong backlighting suits a louder and messier poster layout.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Results vary with every generation, so save any prompt that works for your layout. Also, Generative Fill draws on generative credits, so check what your Creative Cloud plan includes. Menu names and panel locations can differ between Photoshop versions, so look for the same commands.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Liquid Fonts Go Next</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect more liquid fonts to come out with a solid twin, just like the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set. Designers now texture type with AI and 3D tools, and a flat shape gives those tools the cleanest input.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also expect baked-in reflections to become an option you pick per project. Reflection Lock annoys anyone who works with real lighting, so the pairing in the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set will spread.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Y2K label will probably fade within a few seasons, but wet gloss will stay. It photographs well and prints well on merch, which keeps the look alive.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Dripdrop Liquid Font Set at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Detail</th><th>Dripdrop Liquid Font Set</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Product name</td><td>Dripdrop Liquid Font Set</td></tr><tr><td>Designer and foundry</td><td>Sam Parrett, Set Sail Studios (United Kingdom)</td></tr><tr><td>Fonts in the set</td><td>6 (3 glossy, 3 solid)</td></tr><tr><td>Extras</td><td>43 underlines, drips, drizzles, and splats</td></tr><tr><td>Extras keys</td><td>Uppercase A to W (23) and lowercase a to t (20)</td></tr><tr><td>Character coverage</td><td>Uppercase, lowercase, numerals and punctuation</td></tr><tr><td>Language support</td><td>23 languages, from English to Slovenian</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Y2K graphics, rebellious branding, posters, merch</td></tr><tr><td>Recommended minimum size</td><td>40 points on screen for the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set</td></tr><tr><td>Not suited for</td><td>Body text set in the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set</td></tr><tr><td>Main weakness</td><td>Reflection Lock and poor fit for small sizes</td></tr><tr><td>Photoshop route</td><td>Solid font, selection, Generative Fill</td></tr><tr><td>Available at</td><td>Set Sail Studios, Creative Market, YouWorkForThem</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>File</th><th>Reflections</th><th>Best use in the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Dripdrop</td><td>Built in</td><td>Main headlines on flat backgrounds</td></tr><tr><td>Dripdrop Alt</td><td>Built in</td><td>Alt Swap for repeated letters</td></tr><tr><td>Dripdrop Extras</td><td>Built in</td><td>Underlines, drips and splats</td></tr><tr><td>Dripdrop Solid</td><td>None</td><td>Photoshop and 3D texturing</td></tr><tr><td>Dripdrop Alt Solid</td><td>None</td><td>Varied letters under custom textures</td></tr><tr><td>Dripdrop Extras Solid</td><td>None</td><td>Matching extras for textured headlines</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>You can download the complete set for a very low budget from:</strong></p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://setsailstudios.com/downloads/dripdrop-liquid-font-set/ref/234/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Set Sail Studios</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2FSamParrett%2F290974152-Dripdrop-Liquid-Font-Set" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Creative Market</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.youworkforthem.com/font/T27506/dripdrop-liquid-font-set?aff=565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">YouWorkForThem</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s a collection of six display fonts that look like real ink drips and splats. Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios made it by hand with liquid ink on paper.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who made the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sam Parrett made these typefaces under his UK-based foundry, Set Sail Studios. You can buy it through Set Sail Studios, Creative Market, and YouWorkForThem. Check each shop for current pricing and the license terms that fit your project.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many fonts does the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set include?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Dripdrop Liquid Font Set includes six font files, and three of them have built-in light reflections. The other three are solid versions that skip the reflections and keep the flat ink shape.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the difference between Dripdrop and Dripdrop Solid?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set, Dripdrop has realistic light reflections drawn into every letter, and Dripdrop Solid has none. The shapes match, so Dripdrop Solid suits 3D rendering and custom textures.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do I use the Dripdrop Extras font?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The collection includes an Extras font that you install on its own. Then type any letter from A to W or a to t, and each key produces one of 43 extras.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I add a 3D texture to these typefaces in Photoshop?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, you can add a 3D texture to the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set with Generative Fill. Set your text in a Solid font, rasterize it, and load the letter shapes as a selection. Then run Generative Fill with a material prompt, such as liquid mercury or red candy gloss.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does the Dripdrop Liquid Font Set work for body text?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, it does not work for body text. The heavy strokes and small openings suit headlines and short branding words much better. For supporting lines, pair it with a quiet sans such as Inter.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which languages does it support?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The set supports 23 languages, including English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, German, Swedish, Norwegian, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Indonesian, Malay, Hungarian, Polish, Croatian, Turkish, Romanian, Czech, Latvian, Lithuanian, Slovak, and Slovenian.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">Fonts</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 12 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/dripdrop-liquid-font-set-by-sam-parrett-of-set-sail-studios/213006">Dripdrop Liquid Font Set by Sam Parrett of Set Sail Studios</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Best Graphic Design Books for Christmas—Start With These 3 Titles</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-best-graphic-design-books-for-christmas-start-with-these-3-titles/212990</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 17:05:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Branding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[amazon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[christmas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Christmas gifts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design book]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212990</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Most graphic design books make poor Christmas presents. They look gorgeous in a gift box. Then they collect dust beside the radiator. I picked three that survive until January and well beyond. Each one earned a full review on WE AND THE COLOR, and each one does a different job. Christmas is 57 days away, [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-best-graphic-design-books-for-christmas-start-with-these-3-titles/212990">The Best Graphic Design Books for Christmas—Start With These 3 Titles</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most graphic design books make poor Christmas presents. They look gorgeous in a gift box. Then they collect dust beside the radiator. I picked three that survive until January and well beyond. Each one earned a full review on WE AND THE COLOR, and each one does a different job.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Christmas is 57 days away, so the shopping window is open. Logo generators now flood the market with near-identical marks, and the best graphic design books of 2026 teach judgment instead of surface style. Therefore, a gift that sharpens a designer’s eye beats a gift that only decorates a shelf.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My thesis is short. A gift book should pass the Desk-Life Test. The test asks whether the recipient still opens the book for work in March. All three picks pass, though they pass for different reasons, and those reasons decide who gets which book.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which Graphic Design Books Make Good Christmas Presents?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A good gift book has one clear job. Bokhua’s book teaches a method, while TASCHEN’s volume maps a system. Phaidon’s archive supplies context. Match the job to the person, and the gift works. Which of your favorite designers would still open a book in March?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The <strong>Desk-Life Test</strong> is my name for the standard behind that match. A book passes when its owner keeps reaching for it during client work or study, three months after the wrapping paper is gone. Most coffee-table titles fail within a week. Reference titles with a built-in method survive.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That filter also explains my reading list. I skipped monographs about a single studio. I skipped trend annuals that age by spring. Every pick here teaches something a reader can use on Monday morning.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Does Principles of Logo Design Top My List of Graphic Design Books?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I could wrap only one of these graphic design books, I would wrap George Bokhua’s <a href="/principles-of-logo-design-by-george-bokhua-teaches-you-to-build-marks-that-last/209937"><em>Principles of Logo Design</em></a>. Rockport Publishers released it on August 2, 2022. It runs 224 pages, measures 7.75 x 9.9 inches, and weighs 10.4 ounces. That is light enough for a crowded desk and sturdy enough for daily use.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://link.amazon/B0fCPFlKd" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1175" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Principles-of-Logo-Design-A-Practical-Guide-to-Creating-Effective-Signs-Symbols-and-Icons-Book-by-George-Bokhua-1.webp" alt="Principles of Logo Design: A Practical Guide to Creating Effective Signs, Symbols, and Icons—A Book by George Bokhua" class="wp-image-209935" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Principles-of-Logo-Design-A-Practical-Guide-to-Creating-Effective-Signs-Symbols-and-Icons-Book-by-George-Bokhua-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Principles-of-Logo-Design-A-Practical-Guide-to-Creating-Effective-Signs-Symbols-and-Icons-Book-by-George-Bokhua-1-95x160.webp 95w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Principles of Logo Design: A Practical Guide to Creating Effective Signs, Symbols, and Icons—A Book by George Bokhua</figcaption></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bokhua is a logo designer in Tbilisi, Georgia. He has spent more than 15 years on identity work for clients such as Disney, the NFL, New Balance, and Wired. His book codifies that practice. It rests on the Minimal Signal Principle, which holds that reducing visual information sharpens recognition. Designers often add detail to prove their craft. Bokhua argues that removal is where craft begins.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B0fCPFlKd" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The book is available on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Circle That Sits Too Low</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One chapter justifies the cover price alone. Bokhua teaches optical compensation. Place a circle inside a square, with equal distance to every side. It still looks too low. Mathematical balance and perceived balance disagree, and the eye wins.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most logo books stop at the construction lines. This one keeps going. Bokhua shows how a geometric mark gets nudged past the math until it feels settled. The workflow runs sketch, trace, and execute. Tracing paper comes before Illustrator, and that order slows you down on purpose. Many designers jump straight to the screen, and Bokhua shows why their marks come out weaker.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The grid chapters cite Josef Müller-Brockmann and Wucius Wong by name. They also explain when the golden ratio helps and when a simpler proportion does better. That precision is rare. Designers quote the golden ratio constantly, yet few apply it correctly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my prediction. As AI tools keep recombining existing marks, geometric reduction will separate human-built identities from generated ones. A mark built on a grid and tuned by eye holds its identity at favicon size and on a building facade, because its strength comes from form rather than surface treatment, and that is exactly what generated artwork struggles to imitate. I expect process-first logo design books like this one to gain readers through 2027.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Give it to a junior designer first. A mid-level designer gets the most from the fine-tuning chapter. Read the <a href="/principles-of-logo-design-by-george-bokhua-teaches-you-to-build-marks-that-last/209937">full review</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is The Elements of Brand Design the Right Gift for a Studio Owner?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, if the studio owner reads for fun. TASCHEN published Katharina Sussek and Jens Müller’s <a href="/the-elements-of-brand-design-a-taschen-book-review/210796"><em>The Elements of Brand Design</em></a> on July 12, 2026. It runs 496 pages and weighs 8.33 pounds. Wrap it carefully, because the recipient needs both hands.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://link.amazon/B08YA3Pgo" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1008" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-Elements-of-Brand-Design-Multilingual-Hardcover-Book-Edition-Katharina-Sussek-Jens-Muller-TASCHEN-1.webp" alt="The Elements of Brand Design (Multilingual Hardcover Edition): A book written by Katharina Sussek and Jens Müller, and published by TASCHEN." class="wp-image-210794" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-Elements-of-Brand-Design-Multilingual-Hardcover-Book-Edition-Katharina-Sussek-Jens-Muller-TASCHEN-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-Elements-of-Brand-Design-Multilingual-Hardcover-Book-Edition-Katharina-Sussek-Jens-Muller-TASCHEN-1-110x160.webp 110w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">The Elements of Brand Design (Multilingual Hardcover Edition): A book written by Katharina Sussek and Jens Müller, and published by TASCHEN.</figcaption></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The book splits brand identity into 17 chapters and backs them with more than 100 case studies. Paula Scher and Michael Bierut of Pentagram give extended interviews. Coverage reaches sound branding and generative AI workflows. In my review, I called this breadth the Element Load Index: how many design elements a book analyzes per chapter rather than merely mentions. This title scores unusually high.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B08YA3Pgo" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The book is available on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Honest caveat. It reads like homework. The density rewards active study, and a casual flipper will feel stranded. I predict it becomes a standard citation in branding coursework within two years. Read the <a href="/the-elements-of-brand-design-a-taschen-book-review/210796">complete review</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Does Graphic Classics Add to a Shelf of Design Books?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Phaidon’s <a href="/what-makes-graphic-classics-by-phaidon-press-the-definitive-reference-book-for-design-history/210563"><em>Graphic Classics</em></a> covers 500 works by more than 400 designers across 33 countries, from the 14th century to today. It revises the earlier <em>Graphic: 500 Designs that Matter</em> and adds 50 new entries.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://link.amazon/B0gx7HUUU" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1175" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Graphic-Classics-book-by-Phaidon-Editors-1.webp" alt="Graphic Classics, a book by Phaidon Press" class="wp-image-210561" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Graphic-Classics-book-by-Phaidon-Editors-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Graphic-Classics-book-by-Phaidon-Editors-1-95x160.webp 95w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Graphic Classics, a book by Phaidon Press</figcaption></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The book uses what I call the Split Reference Method. Large images fill the front half. A 300-word essay for each entry fills the back. Scanning the images took me about 40 minutes. Reading every essay took closer to nine hours.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B0gx7HUUU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The book is available on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because the book separates looking from reading, it works best for the person who wants to understand why a poster from 1923 still shapes a screen layout in 2026 before picking up a pen, and that patience is a real skill in graphic design books of this size. Buy it for that person. It also suits the relative who loves design but has never opened Illustrator. The weak spot is navigation, since chronological order buries every entry from a single country. <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/what-makes-graphic-classics-by-phaidon-press-the-definitive-reference-book-for-design-history/210563">Read the full book review.</a></p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do These Graphic Design Books Compare at a Glance?</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Book</th><th>Publisher</th><th>Key Facts</th><th>Best Recipient</th><th>Reading Mode</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><a href="/principles-of-logo-design-by-george-bokhua-teaches-you-to-build-marks-that-last/209937">Principles of Logo Design</a> by George Bokhua</td><td>Rockport Publishers (2022)</td><td>224 pages, 7.75 x 9.9 in, 10.4 oz</td><td>Junior and mid-level designers</td><td>Hands-on practice with a sketch, trace, execute workflow</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/the-elements-of-brand-design-a-taschen-book-review/210796">The Elements of Brand Design</a> by Katharina Sussek and Jens Müller</td><td>TASCHEN (2026)</td><td>496 pages, 17 chapters, 100+ case studies, 8.33 lb</td><td>Studio owners, strategists, educators</td><td>Study, one chapter per sitting</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/what-makes-graphic-classics-by-phaidon-press-the-definitive-reference-book-for-design-history/210563">Graphic Classics</a> by Phaidon editors</td><td>Phaidon Press (revised edition)</td><td>500 works, 400+ designers, 33 countries</td><td>Students and design history fans</td><td>Fast visual scan, then slow essays</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which Gift Fits Which Reader?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use a second rule, which I call the Gift Reader Match. It pairs a book’s reading mode with the recipient’s current need. Beginners need a method, and studios need a system. Students need a timeline they can cite.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If the budget allows only one book, choose Bokhua. It costs the least in shelf space and pays back the fastest. Still, the other two earn their place if the recipient already owns a logo book. Michael Evamy’s <em>Logo</em> shows breadth, but Bokhua teaches process.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Will Graphic Design Books About Process Matter More in 2027?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Readers can find finished logos anywhere. They cannot easily find the reasoning behind them. That gap explains why method-driven titles keep earning space on professional desks. My roundup of the <a href="/the-top-10-graphic-design-trends-for-2027-are-about-process-not-ai/212398">top 10 graphic design trends for 2027</a> frames the year around process instead of AI.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My forecast is concrete. By Christmas 2027, gift guides will favor design books that teach a repeatable workflow over books that only display finished work. The three titles above already sit on the right side of that line. Want more? Browse all <a href="/category/recommendations/books">design book reviews</a> on WE AND THE COLOR.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About Graphic Design Books as Gifts</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the best graphic design books to give for Christmas?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Start with <em>Principles of Logo Design</em> by George Bokhua, <em>The Elements of Brand Design</em> from TASCHEN, and <em>Graphic Classics</em> from Phaidon Press. Each covers a different need, from building marks to running brand systems to reading design history.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which of these graphic design books suits beginners best?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bokhua’s book suits beginners who want to build logos. <em>Graphic Classics</em> suits beginners who want visual context first, because its image-led front half needs no prior knowledge.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do I need these books if I already own other logo books?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, if you want process. Evamy’s <em>Logo</em> and Aaron Draplin’s <em>Logo Overdose</em> show finished work. Bokhua’s book shows how to build a mark step by step.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which gift works best for a design student?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Graphic Classics</em>. Its chronological entries carry attribution and dates, and five entries I cross-checked against academic papers and museum archives all held up.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do these graphic design books cover AI and digital design?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Partly. <em>The Elements of Brand Design</em> includes generative AI workflows, and the 50 new entries in <em>Graphic Classics</em> add digital and generative categories. Bokhua’s book argues for geometry that resists generic output.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which of the three is the hardest to read?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>The Elements of Brand Design</em>. Plan on one chapter per sitting across its 496 pages.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 14 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-best-graphic-design-books-for-christmas-start-with-these-3-titles/212990">The Best Graphic Design Books for Christmas—Start With These 3 Titles</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>An InDesign Pitch Deck Presentation Template With Black-and-White Slides and Charts</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/an-indesign-pitch-deck-presentation-template-with-black-and-white-slides-and-charts/212982</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 11:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe InDesign]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe Stock]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[InDesign Template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pitch Deck]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[presentation]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212982</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>An InDesign pitch deck can look calm and still carry hard facts. E-Type&#8217;s black-and-white template shows it on all 12 predesigned, fully customizable pages. I opened the preview and wanted to start editing at once. That reaction is rare. Many templates make you fight the layout first. This InDesign pitch deck gives you a clear [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/an-indesign-pitch-deck-presentation-template-with-black-and-white-slides-and-charts/212982">An InDesign Pitch Deck Presentation Template With Black-and-White Slides and Charts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An InDesign pitch deck can look calm and still carry hard facts. E-Type&#8217;s black-and-white template shows it on all 12 predesigned, fully customizable pages. I opened the preview and wanted to start editing at once. That reaction is rare. Many templates make you fight the layout first. This InDesign pitch deck gives you a clear grid and large type, so you can start with your story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ve seen so many badly AI-generated decks lately with soft gradients, and many of them look alike. So, a plain black-and-white InDesign pitch deck stands out because it looks like a person made choices. That is my observation, not a survey result.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-pitch-deck-preesntation-template-design-leyout%2F1995544531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Findesign.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe InDesign</a> to be installed on your computer. Whether you use Mac or PC, the latest version is available on the Adobe Creative Cloud website—take a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-pitch-deck-preesntation-template-design-leyout%2F1995544531" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1093" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Minimalist-InDesign-Pitch-Deck-Presentation-Template-E-Type-1.webp" alt="A minimalist InDesign pitch deck presentation template with infographics by Adobe Stock contributor E-Type in black and white." class="wp-image-212980" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Minimalist-InDesign-Pitch-Deck-Presentation-Template-E-Type-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Minimalist-InDesign-Pitch-Deck-Presentation-Template-E-Type-1-102x160.webp 102w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">A minimalist InDesign pitch deck presentation template with infographics by Adobe Stock contributor E-Type in black and white.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-pitch-deck-preesntation-template-design-leyout%2F1995544531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Does a Black-and-White InDesign Pitch Deck Work So Well?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Restriction focuses a designer. Remove color, and the eye reads size and contrast first. Therefore, the numbers on your slides do the talking.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">E-Type uses that to full effect. Black circles and black bars carry the weight on the chart pages. Because every slide in this InDesign pitch deck shares the same header strip and the same bottom-left title position, a reader who has seen three pages already knows where to look on the fourth, and that predictability frees the eye to judge the data instead of hunting for the headline.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What You Get in the InDesign Pitch Deck Template</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Adobe Stock contributor E-Type made this minimalist template for InDesign. The pages measure 1080 x 1920 px, which suits screen presentation. You get 12 predesigned, fully customizable pages. Add, remove, or duplicate as many as you like. The layout stays modern and well organized, and every chart page comes ready for your data.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This InDesign pitch deck template also saves you the dullest job in presentation design. You do not build charts from scratch. You replace the sample numbers and adjust the labels.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">A Tour of the 12 Slides</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Cover and agenda</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cover sets the title in huge uppercase type on the right. A small grayscale photo sits in the bottom corner. Then the agenda follows with eight numbered lines and thin rules between them. It reads like a magazine contents page. I like that choice, because it shows investors that you edit your thoughts. Each slide in this InDesign pitch deck keeps the same discipline.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Problem and solution</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Page three splits into two columns. A black exclamation mark marks the problem, and a black lightbulb marks the solution. Each side holds three numbered blocks. The symmetry makes your argument easy to follow. Swap the icons for your own pictograms, but keep the same weight. Consistent icons keep a monochrome InDesign pitch deck tidy.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Traction, market size, and revenue</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The traction page draws a break-even chart with labeled fixed and variable costs. A bridge photo sits beside it. Replace the sample lines with your own growth curve, and the page becomes your proof.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Market size comes next. Three nested circles read $9.2M, $7.0M, and $3.6M, and a large +45% headline sits beside them. The solid black circle shows the slice you can win. It is a clean visual, and it explains itself in seconds.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The revenue model page shows pale bars above the axis for January through April. Black bars hang below it for May through August. Two callouts read +3.5M and -$900K. I enjoy how honestly it shows a dip. Few InDesign pitch deck layouts treat a negative number with such respect.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Use of funds and financial projection</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The use-of-funds slide pairs a pie chart with three large amounts. All figures are placeholders, so type in your own and check that the slices add up to 100%. The sample labels read 20%, 40%, and 80%, which makes a handy reminder to do that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The financial projection page draws one line chart with a single $7,000 callout on a black circle. Use that callout for the one month you want investors to remember. When you replace the sample figures with your own revenue and your funding ask, the black bars and thin rules start to look like they were drawn for your company, which is exactly the feeling a founder wants an investor to have.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Timelines, team, and contact</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The timeline page uses a January-to-December Gantt grid with a black month bar. Four sample tasks run across it, including a developing stage and an SEO campaign. The team page shows four portraits with names and role lines. The contact page closes on a warm off-white panel with a centered block of details.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Move the team page forward if you pitch at pre-seed. Early investors back people first. In an InDesign pitch deck, that takes one drag in the Pages panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How to Customize Your InDesign Pitch Deck Step by Step</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Follow this order for clean results.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Write your one-sentence claim before you open your InDesign pitch deck file.</li>



<li>Replace every placeholder number, then the copy.</li>



<li>Edit the header strip on the master pages, so all 12 pages update together.</li>



<li>Set headlines with paragraph styles, so sizes stay consistent after you duplicate pages.</li>



<li>Check the fonts in the Adobe Stock file notes and install them before you start.</li>



<li>Run File > Package before you send the files to anyone.</li>



<li>Export your InDesign pitch deck as PDF (Interactive) for screen delivery.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then delete what you do not need. A tight ten-slide deck with real data beats twelve slides of filler. Short decks also get read.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who Should Try This InDesign Pitch Deck Template?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Founders who pitch angels will get the most from it. Early numbers are small, and this layout gives small numbers room. Consultants and design students will find plenty to use as well, from client proposals to grid and hierarchy practice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If your product depends on color, add one accent shade of your own. The layout has room for it, and a single hue against black and white looks deliberate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Which slide would you edit first? Open the file and rework one slide of your InDesign pitch deck today. Try it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where the Minimalist InDesign Pitch Deck Goes Next</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect two shifts by 2028. These are my predictions, not reported facts.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First, AI assistants will read decks before partners do. Many people already paste PDFs into summarizers. A slide with live text and one clear claim survives that process. A flattened image does not. So the minimalist InDesign pitch deck, built from live text, will gain ground.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Second, monochrome decks will spread. Gradient decks look alike, and readers will notice. A black-and-white InDesign pitch deck signals a human decision. That signal will carry more weight each year.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">InDesign Pitch Deck Template at a Glance</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This first table sums up the specs of the template.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Creator</td><td>E-Type (Adobe Stock contributor)</td></tr><tr><td>Software</td><td>Adobe InDesign</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>1080 x 1920 px, for screen presentation</td></tr><tr><td>Pages</td><td>12, fully customizable and duplicable</td></tr><tr><td>Palette</td><td>Black, white, and gray with one off-white panel</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Startup pitches, investor updates, consulting proposals</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The second table walks through every page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Page</th><th>Slide</th><th>What it shows</th><th>Quick tip</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>1</td><td>Cover</td><td>Large uppercase title, small photo</td><td>Add a one-line claim</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>Topics</td><td>Eight-item agenda with page numbers</td><td>Trim it for a faster read</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>Problem and Solution</td><td>Two columns with black icons</td><td>Swap in your own icons</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Product Services</td><td>Three numbered services, two photos</td><td>Drop in real product shots</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Traction</td><td>Break-even chart</td><td>Use</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-pitch-deck-preesntation-template-design-leyout%2F1995544531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">InDesign Pitch Deck Q&amp;A</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is an InDesign pitch deck?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An InDesign pitch deck is a presentation built in Adobe InDesign instead of PowerPoint or Keynote. Designers pick it for exact typography and clean PDF export.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many pages does this InDesign pitch deck template include?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It includes 12 predesigned pages. You can add, remove, or duplicate pages freely.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What size is the template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">E-Type made it at 1080 x 1920 px, which suits screen presentation.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is a black-and-white pitch deck good for investors?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. A grayscale layout puts the numbers first, which suits strong data.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which export format works best for an InDesign pitch deck?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Adobe PDF (Interactive) works best for screens. It keeps hyperlinks and page transitions.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I add color to the template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Every page is fully customizable, and one accent shade works well against the black-and-white base.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does the template include real data?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. Every figure is placeholder text. The sample use-of-funds pie chart, for example, labels its slices 20%, 40%, and 80%.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a> category for more. In addition, feel free to have a look at our selection of the <a href="/86-best-adobe-indesign-templates-for-2027-editorially-selected-and-tested/212553">86 best InDesign templates</a> for different creative needs.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 16 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/an-indesign-pitch-deck-presentation-template-with-black-and-white-slides-and-charts/212982">An InDesign Pitch Deck Presentation Template With Black-and-White Slides and Charts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Bootzy Clean TM Font by Type Mania</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/bootzy-clean-tm-font-by-type-mania/212974</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 15:21:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[bold font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bootzy Clean]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bootzy Clean TM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sans serif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Type Mania]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[typeface]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212974</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>No doubt, Type Mania&#8217;s Bootzy Clean TM is a typeface you can put on a poster without apologizing for it. Its forms sit heavy and tight, and the corners stay soft. Type Mania calls the font a tidied version of Bootzy TM, and the previews back that up. Tight sans serifs often fill record sleeves [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/bootzy-clean-tm-font-by-type-mania/212974">Bootzy Clean TM Font by Type Mania</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No doubt, Type Mania&#8217;s Bootzy Clean TM is a typeface you can put on a poster without apologizing for it. Its forms sit heavy and tight, and the corners stay soft. Type Mania calls the font a tidied version of Bootzy TM, and the previews back that up.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F292467085-Bootzy-Clean-TM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Get the font from Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tight sans serifs often fill record sleeves and social feeds. Many of them look alike. So a typeface needs a reason to exist beyond weight. Does Bootzy Clean TM have one? Let&#8217;s find out.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F292467085-Bootzy-Clean-TM" target="_blank" rel="nofolow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="928" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Bootzy-Clean-TM-Font-Type-Mania-1.webp" alt="Bootzy Clean TM Font by Type Mania." class="wp-image-212972" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Bootzy-Clean-TM-Font-Type-Mania-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Bootzy-Clean-TM-Font-Type-Mania-1-120x160.webp 120w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Bootzy Clean TM Font by Type Mania.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F292467085-Bootzy-Clean-TM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Get the font from Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What is Bootzy Clean TM, and how does it differ from Bootzy TM?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Clean TM is a heavy, rounded-corner sans serif display typeface for short, loud text at large sizes. That is my working definition, and I will hold it throughout this review.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The foundry is Type Mania. The design descends from <a href="/bootzy-font-type-mania/186297">Bootzy TM</a>, which we featured on WE AND THE COLOR earlier. We also showed <a href="/bootzy-condensed-tm-font-by-type-mania/212892">Bootzy Condensed TM</a>. Together, the three faces form a small family with a clear temperament.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The name explains the plan. Clean means fewer rough edges, and the specimens show smooth, controlled outlines. The second specimen calls the font a cleaned-up version of the cult classic. Type Mania recommends Bootzy Clean TM for social media posts, flyers, album covers, and t-shirt designs. That list matches what I see.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How do the letterforms of Bootzy Clean TM look up close?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The details that give the font character</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Start with the lowercase t. Its top is cut at an angle, and that single diagonal gives the word “Bootzy” a pulse. Next, look at the y. Its tail curls left and ends in a rounded tip. The a in “Clean” carries a small spur at the bottom right. Meanwhile, the capital C ends in angled terminals, which keeps its big round shape from turning bland.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like these cuts. Round fonts often go soft and forgettable, and these details prevent that. However, the angles are small. You will miss them at 14 points, and you will enjoy them at 200. Bootzy Clean TM clearly belongs on big canvases.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Spacing that nearly touches</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The double o in “Bootzy” leaves almost no air between the bowls. The same tight fit runs through the headline “A cleaned-up version of the cult classic,” where the lines stack with minimal leading. That density is the look.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because the letters in Bootzy Clean TM already carry so much visual weight, I would leave the tracking at zero and tighten the leading until the lines of even a three-line headline lean on each other the way the specimen does.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What is the Clean Delta, and how does Bootzy Clean TM score?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use the term Clean Delta for the gap between what a font promises and what it demands from you before it works. It is my own editorial construct, not an industry standard. A high Clean Delta means you will redraw glyphs or kern pairs by hand.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Clean TM scores low. In all three specimens, no letter looks like a candidate for redrawing. The spacing holds in a two-line headline, and it holds in a small centered block of capitals. That consistency is the real product, more than the weight.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, previews are not a full character set. I would still run my own copy through the font before I commit to a job. Which glyphs would you check first?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How does Bootzy Clean TM pass the Label Test?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Label Test is my second construct. Set the font in all caps, center the lines, and shrink everything to the size of a record label. If the text stays readable and still looks designed, the font passes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The third specimen runs this test for us. It shows a black label for a track titled “DÉJÁ VU (DK’S TROUBLE TOWN DUB).” Below it sit the running time, 05’06”/33RPM, and a line crediting Clique Records in Seoul, catalog number CR002.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every line uses one size. The hierarchy comes from spacing, so the font must hold that structure alone, and Bootzy Clean TM does. The acute accents on DÉJÁ stay small and crisp. The parentheses curve gently and leave room for the letters inside. The © sits comfortably next to the capitals.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One nitpick belongs to the specimen, not the font. The running time uses curly quotation marks where true prime marks belong. Fix that before you copy the layout.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where does Bootzy Clean TM hit its limit?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every heavy display font has a Shout Ceiling. I define it as the amount of text a face can carry before the reader’s eyes tire. For Bootzy Clean TM, I put that ceiling at a headline plus a few short lines. Beyond that, switch to a quieter face.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The previews show a single heavy weight. So hierarchy must come from size and spacing, exactly as the vinyl label proves. That works for posters and covers. It works less well for a brochure with three levels of information. Does your project need that many levels?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which projects suit Bootzy Clean TM best?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Album covers and record labels</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Music is the obvious home. The vinyl specimen makes the case better than any mockup could. Bootzy Clean TM gives a label a calm, confident voice, and it keeps accented titles readable. If you design indie releases, this font belongs on your shortlist of album cover fonts.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">T-shirts, flyers, and social media graphics</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Heavy letters survive screen printing better than hairline strokes do. That explains why Type Mania lists t-shirt designs among its use cases. On flyers, the tight spacing lets a short event name fill the sheet. On social media graphics, the shapes stay legible even when a feed shrinks them to thumbnail size.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Pairing matters here. Type Mania set its specimen footers in a monospace, and I would copy that move. A plain monospace for small print gives Bootzy Clean TM a quiet counterpart.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which languages does Bootzy Clean TM support?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Creative Market listing names six character sets. They are Basic Latin, Western European, Euro, Baltic, Turkish, and Central European. In practice, that covers many European languages plus Turkish. The accented capitals on the record label confirm that at least some diacritics work as promised. Still, test your own special characters before you commit to a project.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What comes next for Bootzy Clean TM?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My prediction is simple. Type Mania will add lighter weights to Bootzy Clean TM, because a single heavy cut limits who can buy it. I would bet on italics too, though I hold that guess loosely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A bigger pattern is forming. Cleaned-up cuts of cult typefaces will become a standard release strategy for small foundries. Designers want the attitude without the cleanup work, and the Clean Delta gives them a way to judge it. Bootzy Clean TM is an early, convincing example.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Bootzy Clean TM at a glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Details</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Typeface</td><td>Bootzy Clean TM</td></tr><tr><td>Foundry</td><td>Type Mania</td></tr><tr><td>Category</td><td>Heavy sans serif display font with rounded corners</td></tr><tr><td>Origin</td><td>Tidied version of Bootzy TM</td></tr><tr><td>Related WATC coverage</td><td>Bootzy TM and Bootzy Condensed TM</td></tr><tr><td>Intended use</td><td>Social media, flyers, album covers, t-shirt designs</td></tr><tr><td>Language support</td><td>Basic Latin, Western European, Euro, Baltic, Turkish, Central European</td></tr><tr><td>Where to buy</td><td>Creative Market</td></tr><tr><td>Strengths</td><td>Tight spacing, soft corners, angled details in t, y, a, and C, readable on a small record label</td></tr><tr><td>Limits</td><td>One heavy weight in the previews, not suited to body text</td></tr><tr><td>Editorial terms used</td><td>Clean Delta, Label Test, Shout Ceiling</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.jdoqocy.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F292467085-Bootzy-Clean-TM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Get the font from Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">FAQ about Bootzy Clean TM</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is Bootzy Clean TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Clean TM is a heavy sans serif display font from Type Mania. It is a tidied version of Bootzy TM, made for social media posts, flyers, album covers, and t-shirt designs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can I get Bootzy Clean TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Type Mania lists the font on Creative Market. Check the license terms there before you use it on merchandise.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How does Bootzy Clean TM differ from Bootzy TM and Bootzy Condensed TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Clean TM removes rough edges from the original. Bootzy Condensed TM is a narrower cut. We covered both on WE AND THE COLOR earlier.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Bootzy Clean TM support accented characters?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The listing names Western European, Central European, Baltic, and Turkish sets, and the vinyl specimen shows accented capitals in DÉJÁ VU.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is Bootzy Clean TM good for body text?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. Bootzy Clean TM is a display font. The vinyl label specimen runs seven short lines, and that is about as much text as I would set.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Check out WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">Fonts</a> category or take a look at our selection of the <a href="/100-cool-retro-fonts-for-2027-the-best-free-and-paid-picks-sorted-by-license-and-era/212711">best retro fonts</a>.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 18 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/bootzy-clean-tm-font-by-type-mania/212974">Bootzy Clean TM Font by Type Mania</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Quinta da Casa Is a 650 m² Single-Storey House Built Around Its Garden</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/quinta-da-casa-is-a-650-m%c2%b2-single-storey-house-built-around-its-garden/212966</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 12:49:36 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Artequitectos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[house]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ivo Tavares]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212966</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Quinta da Casa gives its garden more authority than its walls. Artequitectos designed the house in Vila Nova de Famalicão, Portugal, and Ivo Tavares photographed it. I went through the project sheet and the studio profile line by line. The plan makes few moves. Each one earns its place. The house also works as a [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/quinta-da-casa-is-a-650-m%c2%b2-single-storey-house-built-around-its-garden/212966">Quinta da Casa Is a 650 m² Single-Storey House Built Around Its Garden</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Quinta da Casa gives its garden more authority than its walls. <a href="https://www.artequitectos.pt/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Artequitectos</a> designed the house in Vila Nova de Famalicão, Portugal, and <a href="https://www.ivotavares.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ivo Tavares</a> photographed it. I went through the project sheet and the studio profile line by line. The plan makes few moves. Each one earns its place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The house also works as a test case. Can a contemporary home keep a rural plot rural? Many architects say yes. Few prove it with a floor plan.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1767" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Quinta-da-Casa-by-studio-Artequitectos-in-Vila-Nova-de-Famalicao-1.webp" alt="Quinta da Casa, by studio Artequitectos, in Vila Nova de Famalicão" class="wp-image-212964" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Quinta-da-Casa-by-studio-Artequitectos-in-Vila-Nova-de-Famalicao-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Quinta-da-Casa-by-studio-Artequitectos-in-Vila-Nova-de-Famalicao-1-63x160.webp 63w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Quinta-da-Casa-by-studio-Artequitectos-in-Vila-Nova-de-Famalicao-1-605x1536.webp 605w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Quinta da Casa, by studio Artequitectos, in Vila Nova de Famalicão</figcaption></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where does Quinta da Casa sit in Vila Nova de Famalicão?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Quinta da Casa belongs to a development of six large lots. The sheet calls them &#8220;Quintinhas,&#8221; which translates roughly as small farms. Each lot keeps a scale close to the existing rural pattern. Instead of a standard subdivision, every house builds its own relationship with its plot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Artequitectos works from Guimarães. Nuno Filipe Azevedo and Vítor Oliveira founded the studio. Their profile lists single-family and multi-family housing, cultural facilities, and projects run with BIM and Integrated Project Delivery. Quinta da Casa, finished in 2025, fits the housing side of that record.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The sheet lists a total area of 650 m², but it never says whether that figure covers the whole lot or only the roofed floor space, and that gap matters because a single-storey house with that much built area would sit very differently on the ground than one with a compact footprint. I would like to know the answer.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The team around the house is easy to name. Vasco Fernades Unipessoal built it. PN10 Engenharia handled engineering, thermal, and fluid design. Ambiestudos worked on acoustics, and JSM handled the planting. Rinaldi supplied the kitchen and laundry. Artequitectos itself did the lighting design and the interiors.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How does the floor plan of Quinta da Casa work?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The house runs lengthwise along its lot and faces south. The living spaces open toward the garden. The rooms follow the terrain instead of fighting it.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Proximity Gradient, step by step</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call the organizing idea the <strong>Proximity Gradient</strong>. This is my own editorial term, not an industry standard. It describes a plan that sorts rooms by their distance from the street, with function coming second. Quinta da Casa shows it clearly.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Filter:</strong> A first volume holds parking and service areas. It sits between the street and the house.</li>



<li><strong>Center:</strong> The entrance hall joins the social and private zones. It also faces a landscaped courtyard.</li>



<li><strong>Open side:</strong> The living room and kitchen open to the garden and the veranda.</li>



<li><strong>Deep end:</strong> The private zone runs along a quieter axis. It ends in the main bedroom, which has its own courtyard.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A gradient makes privacy a matter of sequence instead of doors. You reach the bedroom last. Nobody needs a sign to explain that.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why the arrival sequence matters</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">From the street, you cross a transitional space, pass a cut of light that marks the threshold, and only then see the garden open up in stages, which means the house controls what you know and when you know it. Nothing shows the whole plot at once.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most new houses give away their best view at the front door. How many still hold it back? This one does. That restraint is the strongest design decision in the project.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which materials carry Quinta da Casa?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Four materials do most of the work. Granite anchors the house to its terrain and marks the points of arrival. Exposed concrete defines the horizontal planes and the geometry. Glass opens those planes to the garden. Zinc covers the verandas.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call this the <strong>Weight Palette</strong>, another editorial construct. Each material gets one job based on how heavy it feels. Granite is heavy. Concrete is precise. Zinc is light. Glass and aluminum open the house and filter the light. Because every material has a single role, none of them competes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Granite and exposed concrete sit close together on the color scale, so the pairing carries some risk. The house avoids a dull result by giving them different tasks. Granite handles the ground and the arrival. Concrete handles the planes overhead.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Zinc and green roofs</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Zinc is the right call for the verandas. It weighs little and extends the horizontal line of the house over the garden. The green roofs then do the reverse. They bring the grounds back over to the building.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Still, the sheet gives no detail on roof build-up, planting list, or drainage. Those facts decide whether a green roof ages well. I would like to see them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Light finishes the palette. Over the day, it moves across granite, concrete, and glass. Each surface reads differently at noon and at dusk.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What does Quinta da Casa take from the traditional rural house?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The studio did not copy the old farmhouse. Instead, it kept five principles. These are direct contact with the land, shade, the courtyard, the veranda, and honest material. I call this approach <strong>Principle Retrieval</strong>. You reuse the rules of a vernacular type and drop its shapes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Pastiche copies the roof pitch. Principle Retrieval asks why the roof pitch existed. The second method ages better.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The veranda shows the idea at work. The sheet calls it an open-air living room facing the garden. On a south-facing house, shade is a working tool, so the label fits. Also, courtyards bring light and privacy into the deep parts of the plan.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where I would push back</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The press text leans poetic. It leaves out section drawings, energy figures, costs, and the planting list. A project this careful deserves numbers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Quintinhas model also depends on big plots. A single-storey house spreads across the ground. Does the concept still hold when the lot shrinks to a third of its size? The sheet does not say.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What can designers learn from Quinta da Casa?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is a thesis I would like others to test. A <strong>Garden-Led Plan</strong> lets the planting decide where the walls stop. The architecture concentrates the built volume so the grounds can do the rest.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Quinta da Casa follows that rule. The house stays low and contained. Granite marks the arrivals, and elsewhere the boundary turns permeable, so the garden helps build the edge.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also have two predictions. First, I expect more single-storey houses in Iberia to publish their courtyard count next to their floor area. Second, I expect green roofs to draw more questions about maintenance than about looks.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Quinta da Casa at a glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Item</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Project</td><td>Quinta da Casa (QC House), housing</td></tr><tr><td>Studio</td><td>Artequitectos, Guimarães, Portugal</td></tr><tr><td>Lead architects</td><td>Nuno Filipe Azevedo, Vítor Oliveira</td></tr><tr><td>Location</td><td>Vila Nova de Famalicão, Portugal</td></tr><tr><td>Completed</td><td>2025</td></tr><tr><td>Listed total area</td><td>650 m²</td></tr><tr><td>Type</td><td>Single-family, single-storey house</td></tr><tr><td>Orientation</td><td>South, toward the garden</td></tr><tr><td>Main materials</td><td>Granite, exposed concrete, glass, aluminum, zinc, green roofs</td></tr><tr><td>Engineering</td><td>PN10 Engenharia (structure, thermal, fluids)</td></tr><tr><td>Acoustics</td><td>Ambiestudos</td></tr><tr><td>Landscape</td><td>JSM</td></tr><tr><td>Kitchen and laundry</td><td>Rinaldi</td></tr><tr><td>Photographer</td><td>Ivo Tavares</td></tr><tr><td>Editorial terms</td><td>Proximity Gradient, Weight Palette, Principle Retrieval, Garden-Led Plan</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Common Questions about Quinta da Casa</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who designed Quinta da Casa?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Artequitectos designed it. Architects Nuno Filipe Azevedo and Vítor Oliveira lead the studio in Guimarães, Portugal.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where is Quinta da Casa?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The house stands in Vila Nova de Famalicão, Portugal. It belongs to a development of six large lots called &#8220;Quintinhas.&#8221;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">When did Quinta da Casa open?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The sheet lists 2025 as the year of conclusion.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How big is Quinta da Casa?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The project sheet lists a total area of 650 m². It does not say whether that number covers the plot or the built floor space.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which materials does Quinta da Casa use?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The house uses granite, exposed concrete, glass, aluminum and zinc. Green roofs sit on top of the building.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who photographed Quinta da Casa?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ivo Tavares of Ivo Tavares Studio, an architectural photographer, shot the house.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the Proximity Gradient?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is my editorial term for a plan that orders rooms by distance from the street. At Quinta da Casa, the order runs from parking, to hall, to garden rooms, to the main bedroom.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Quinta da Casa have green roofs?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The sheet lists green roofs next to zinc verandas on the same house.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All images © <a href="https://www.ivotavares.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ivo Tavares</a>. Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/architecture">Architecture</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 20 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/quinta-da-casa-is-a-650-m%c2%b2-single-storey-house-built-around-its-garden/212966">Quinta da Casa Is a 650 m² Single-Storey House Built Around Its Garden</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Art of Less Is a Book About Seeing More, Not Having Less</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-art-of-less-is-a-book-about-seeing-more-not-having-less/212937</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 13:12:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Art]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Interior Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[art]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[artists]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gestalten]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interior design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[less is more]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212937</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Back in August, I wrote about this new gestalten book before it was even released. Thanks to the lovely people at gestalten, who sent me a copy, I’ve now had the pleasure of spending the past few weeks with it. Although I received a complimentary copy of the book, everything I write about it in [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-art-of-less-is-a-book-about-seeing-more-not-having-less/212937">The Art of Less Is a Book About Seeing More, Not Having Less</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Back in August, I wrote about this <a href="/the-art-of-less-is-gestaltens-answer-to-a-world-full-of-more/211359">new gestalten book</a> before it was even released. Thanks to the lovely people at gestalten, who sent me a copy, I’ve now had the pleasure of spending the past few weeks with it. Although I received a complimentary copy of the book, everything I write about it in this review reflects my own personal opinion.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The international edition has been available since September 1, 2026, and the US edition follows today, October 27. Christmas shoppers still have weeks to order. Feeds refresh faster than anyone can read them, so a book that asks for two hands and a quiet hour feels almost radical right now.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://gestalten.com/products/the-art-of-less">Order the book from gestalten.</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B059VM8oC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Order the book on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Art of Less: An Exploration of Essence is a 320-page hardcover published by gestalten. Jonas Bjerre-Poulsen of Norm Architects and Sarah Dorweiler of Aesence edited it, and it profiles twenty international creatives across five chapters.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://link.amazon/B059VM8oC" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="777" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Art-of-Less-An-Exploration-of-Essence-gestalten-book-review-1.webp" alt="The Art of Less: An Exploration of Essence—a gestalten book review by Dirk Petzold." class="wp-image-212941" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Art-of-Less-An-Exploration-of-Essence-gestalten-book-review-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Art-of-Less-An-Exploration-of-Essence-gestalten-book-review-1-143x160.webp 143w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">The Art of Less: An Exploration of Essence—a gestalten book review by Dirk Petzold.</figcaption></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is The Art of Less Worth $100?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. I would pay full price, and I would gladly buy a second copy as a gift.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I judge minimalist work with a rule I call the <strong>Presence Test</strong>. A piece passes when removing one more element would drain it of presence. In my experience, many minimalism books fail. Their pages look quiet, yet their ideas stay thin.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Art of Less passes. I could not find a single page I wanted to cut.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The price still invites suspicion, and it should. At $100, €70, or £60, this hardcover asks for real commitment. Two things justify that commitment. One is the object. The other is the argument.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is The Art of Less About?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The book treats minimalism as a sensory and intellectual practice. The editors argue that the urge to reduce grows stronger when life feels overloaded. They call it a human reflex, and they back that claim with twenty examples. The examples come from art, architecture, and design, so the argument never stays in one discipline. Each profile tests the same idea from a different angle. Restraint, in this book, produces presence. That is a sharper thesis than the old line about less being more.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The claim sounds abstract until you apply it. Think about the last time your inbox and your feed demanded you at once. Did you crave more input, or less?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sarah Dorweiler founded Aesence more than ten years ago, and this is her first book. Jonas Bjerre-Poulsen leads Norm Architects, the Copenhagen studio founded in 2008. Norm Architects had already published Soft Minimal and Stillness with gestalten, and Dorweiler took the photographs for Stillness. That shared history shows.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The collaboration reads like a conversation between two people who have studied the same quiet things for years. A practitioner and a curator rarely write the same book. Here, they do.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Five Lenses Behind the Argument</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Five chapters organize the twenty profiles. Each chapter acts as a lens, and each features four creatives.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Balance</strong> with Nicolas Schuybroek, Danielle Siggerud, Nuria Maria, and Tycjan Knut</li>



<li><strong>Contrast</strong> with Tatsuro Miki, HENRYTIMI, Lee Ufan, and Rahee Yoon</li>



<li><strong>Materiality</strong> with Cédric Etienne, Christian + Jade, Maverick Lee, and Antonia Ferrer</li>



<li><strong>Rhythm</strong> with Liam Stevens, Studio MK27, Krista Mezzadri, and Maria Yelletisch</li>



<li><strong>Space</strong> with Álvaro Siza, John Pawson, Ylva Carlgren, and Tom Holden</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Four profiles per lens is a smart limit. It keeps every chapter tight and gives each creative room to breathe.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://link.amazon/B059VM8oC" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="777" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Art-of-Less-An-Exploration-of-Essence-gestalten-book-review-2.webp" alt="The Art of Less: An Exploration of Essence—a gestalten book review by Dirk Petzold." class="wp-image-212942" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Art-of-Less-An-Exploration-of-Essence-gestalten-book-review-2.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/The-Art-of-Less-An-Exploration-of-Essence-gestalten-book-review-2-143x160.webp 143w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">The Art of Less: An Exploration of Essence—a gestalten book review by Dirk Petzold.</figcaption></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does The Art of Less Feel in Your Hands?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Binding and Cover</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Art of Less measures 24.5 × 33 cm, or 9¾ × 13 inches. Retailer data puts the spine at about 3 cm. The 320 pages are stitch-bound.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Stitch binding matters at this size. Sewn signatures usually outlast glued spines, so a heavy book like this one should survive many openings.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cover stays calm. A pale greige surface carries a small title and a small inset photograph of a black rock framed by a dark doorway. The rock is an artwork by Kimsooja, according to gestalten. Nothing on the cover shouts. That restraint sets the tone before you open the book.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Handling Tax</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Precious books charge what I call a <strong>handling tax</strong>. You pay it in hesitation, because every touch risks a crease or a stain. The Art of Less charged me that tax, and I paid it gladly. I turned each page with care and left no marks on paper or cover. I found no flaws in the print or the cover.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The tax even fits the theme. Slow handling forces slow reading, and slow reading is what a book about restraint deserves.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Photography That Does Real Work</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The photographs are perfect. I would not change one of them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A book about presence depends on its pictures. One busy image would contradict the text at once. Here, every image supports the argument, and the large format gives each one room. Screens flatten texture. Paper at this size restores some of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The writing deserves its own mention. It reads beautifully from the first page.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://gestalten.com/products/the-art-of-less">Order the book from gestalten.</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B059VM8oC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Order the book on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Does the Artist Selection Work So Well?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The artist selection is the smartest decision in the book. The editors place established masters beside younger names, and the pairing produces friction in the best way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Álvaro Siza won the Pritzker Prize in 1992, and John Pawson designed the Novy Dvur monastery in the Czech Republic, so anyone who studied architecture already knows how much silence these two can build into stone and light.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Lee Ufan, a leading voice of the Mono-ha movement, adds sculpture built on elemental tension. The publisher singles out that tension as a signature of his work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Younger names such as Tycjan Knut in Balance and Rahee Yoon in Contrast sit beside these giants without apology. That placement argues that minimalism remains a living practice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The map matters too. Siza built his career in Porto, and Studio MK27 works from São Paulo. Minimalism looks different in each climate, and the book lets those differences show.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does The Art of Less Compare With Earlier Minimalism Books?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">John Pawson’s Minimum, published by Phaidon in 1996, set the visual template for the genre. It showed readers what reduction looks like.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Norm Architects’ Soft Minimal went further inside one studio. It explains how the team thinks and designs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Art of Less widens that view to twenty creatives. It also asks what reduction does to the person standing in the room. That question sets it apart from every minimalism book on my shelf.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Does Minimalism Go Next?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect this book to influence how publishers pitch minimalism. Two changes seem likely by the end of 2027.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>More minimalism titles will present themselves as tools for attention and drop the style-guide angle.</li>



<li>Heavy, tactile print will gain ground against feeds. Gestalten’s own media pitches for this book stress the rising demand for haptic, physical experiences.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I could be wrong about the pace. I doubt I am wrong about the direction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is a definition worth quoting. <strong>Sensory minimalism</strong>, as I define it, is the practice of reducing a space or an object until what remains holds more attention than the whole once did.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Should You Read The Art of Less?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Read it in five sittings. I call this the <strong>One-Lens Evening</strong>. Take one chapter per sitting, and leave your phone in another room.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Look at each photograph before you read its text. Then read the text and look again.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is The Art of Less a Good Christmas Gift for Architecture Lovers?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. I can’t think of a better gift for anyone who loves art and architecture, and designers will treasure it too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The list prices are €70 in Germany, £60 in the UK, and $100 in the US. Gestalten’s shop lists free shipping above $49 in the US and above €29 in the EU. Order by mid-November if you want to wrap it before Christmas.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who Should Skip It?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Skip it if you want a decluttering manual. The book is built around twenty profiles, so it offers examples and ideas. Buy something else if you need a ten-step system for your closet.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Art of Less at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Detail</th><th>Information</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Title</td><td>The Art of Less: An Exploration of Essence</td></tr><tr><td>Publisher</td><td>gestalten</td></tr><tr><td>Editors</td><td>Jonas Bjerre-Poulsen (Norm Architects) and Sarah Dorweiler (Aesence)</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>24.5 × 33 cm (9¾ × 13 in)</td></tr><tr><td>Pages</td><td>320, full color</td></tr><tr><td>Binding</td><td>Hardcover, stitch-bound</td></tr><tr><td>Language</td><td>English</td></tr><tr><td>Price</td><td>€70 (Germany), £60 (UK), $100 (US)</td></tr><tr><td>Release</td><td>International: September 1, 2026. USA: October 27, 2026</td></tr><tr><td>ISBN</td><td>978-3-96704-245-0</td></tr><tr><td>Structure</td><td>Five chapters, twenty creatives, four per chapter</td></tr><tr><td>Cover artwork</td><td>Black rock by Kimsooja</td></tr><tr><td>My verdict</td><td>Worth the price. I found no flaws.</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Art and architecture fans, and designers</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://gestalten.com/products/the-art-of-less">Order the book from gestalten.</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B059VM8oC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Order the book on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About The Art of Less</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is The Art of Less worth buying?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. After several weeks with the book, I found no flaws in the print or the cover, and the photography holds up page after page. At $100, it costs more than most design books, but it passes my Presence Test.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who edited The Art of Less?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jonas Bjerre-Poulsen of the Copenhagen studio Norm Architects and Sarah Dorweiler, founder of the minimalist art publication Aesence, edited the book for gestalten. It is Dorweiler’s first book.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the five chapters of The Art of Less?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Balance, Contrast, Materiality, Rhythm, and Space. Each chapter profiles four creatives.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How much does The Art of Less cost?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The list price is €70 in Germany, £60 in the UK, and $100 in the US. Gestalten’s shop lists free shipping above $49 in the US and above €29 in the EU.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">When does The Art of Less come out in the US?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The US edition publishes on October 27, 2026. The international edition has been available since September 1, 2026.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is The Art of Less a how-to guide to minimalism?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The book follows twenty profiles of creatives and offers examples and ideas. Readers who want a decluttering system should look elsewhere.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can I buy The Art of Less?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can order it from the <a href="https://gestalten.com/products/the-art-of-less" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">gestalten shop</a> or from <a href="https://link.amazon/B059VM8oC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Amazon.com</a>. Independent bookstores can order it too, and the ISBN is 978-3-96704-245-0.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/books">Books</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 22 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-art-of-less-is-a-book-about-seeing-more-not-having-less/212937">The Art of Less Is a Book About Seeing More, Not Having Less</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Guka Font Family by Fontfabric</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/guka-font-family-by-fontfabric/212952</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 10:01:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font family]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fontfabric]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guka]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[slab serif]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212952</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Say Hello to Guka, a Slab Serif That Replaces Clarendon Drops With Block Terminals. Guka is the first Clarendon update in years that I would trust on a brand deck. Fontfabric gave it thick geometrical terminals instead of the classic teardrop drops. That one decision changes the tone completely. Old Clarendon smells of Victorian wanted [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/guka-font-family-by-fontfabric/212952">Guka Font Family by Fontfabric</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<h1 class="wp-block-heading">Say Hello to Guka, a Slab Serif That Replaces Clarendon Drops With Block Terminals.</h1>



<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Guka is the first Clarendon update in years that I would trust on a brand deck. Fontfabric gave it thick geometrical terminals instead of the classic teardrop drops. That one decision changes the tone completely. Old Clarendon smells of Victorian wanted posters. Guka smells of machine oil.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The complete family is available from:</strong></p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fguka-font-fontfabric" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">MyFonts</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.fontfabric.com/fonts/guka/ref/weandthecolor/?rel=sponsored" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Fontfabric</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because of this shift, Guka belongs in a different conversation than most slab serif revivals. I went through its specimen sheets weight by weight, and the same detail kept deciding the verdict. This article covers what Guka is, how its details behave, and where this slab serif font works. It also introduces two checks for any slab serif: the Terminal Test and the Weight Ladder.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fguka-font-fontfabric" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1036" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Guka-font-family-Fontfabric-1.webp" alt="Guka font family by Fontfabric." class="wp-image-212950" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Guka-font-family-Fontfabric-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Guka-font-family-Fontfabric-1-107x160.webp 107w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Guka font family by Fontfabric.</figcaption></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The complete family is available from:</strong></p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fguka-font-fontfabric" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">MyFonts</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.fontfabric.com/fonts/guka/ref/weandthecolor/?rel=sponsored" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Fontfabric</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Guka, and Where Does It Come From?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Definition.</strong> Guka is a slab serif family from Fontfabric with 18 styles, from Thin to Black, with matching italics. It uses block terminals and horizontal-ending f and j forms to give Clarendon structure an industrial voice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The lineage matters here. Robert Besley&#8217;s Clarendon appeared in 1845 at the Fann Street Foundry in London. It shaped wood-type posters and newspaper headings for decades. Ionic faces followed in the newsprint world, where sturdy serifs survived cheap paper and fast presses. Fontfabric describes it as a contemporary reinterpretation of both traditions. In practice, it keeps their sturdy skeleton and drops the Victorian decoration.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The credits read like a focused studio effort. Vika Usmanova led the type direction. Svetoslav Simov and Trifon Andreev designed the letters. Stefan Yatanski produced the fonts and directed the art and presentation. The family is available on MyFonts and directly from Fontfabric.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Terminal Test: Why Guka Looks Different From Clarendon</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call this check the Terminal Test. Look at the C, G, and S first, because a slab serif reveals itself where strokes end. A classic Clarendon ends them with a tapered drop. Guka ends them with a thick, squared block.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cover specimen proves the point. The G carries a flat, heavy block at the top and a stout, squared stem at the lower right. Neither one tapers. Consequently, the letter reads as a cut shape rather than a drawn one.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That rhythm runs through the whole alphabet. Fontfabric calls it bold and sculptural, and I agree with both words. Whether you like it depends on one question. Do you want your serif to feel crafted by hand or cut by a machine?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Terminal Test gives a clear result. Tapered terminals point to a Clarendon revival. Blocks point to an industrial slab such as Guka.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The f and j Detail in Guka</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next come the &#8220;f&#8221; and &#8220;j.&#8221; Both end in horizontal strokes, which sharpen the industrial edge. In running text, those endings give the eye a brief anchor. In headlines, they work like rivets. I like them. Some readers will find them fussy.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The &#8220;a&#8221; and &#8220;k&#8221; on the Guka Cover</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Look at the cover once more. The &#8220;a&#8221; closes its lower right with a short vertical hook. The K sets flat slabs under both its stem and its leg. These details are loud, so I would not hide them in small captions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Weight Ladder: How Guka&#8217;s 18 Styles Behave</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Weight Ladder is my name for a family&#8217;s usable steps. It runs from the lightest style that survives at text size to the heaviest one that keeps its counters open. The family offers nine steps, from Thin at 100 to Black at 900, and each step has a matching italic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is how I would rank them. Thin and ExtraLight belong to display work only. On the specimen sheet, Thin sets &#8220;Hypothesised Middlesborough&#8221; with hairline serifs that would vanish at caption size. Regular and Medium carry body copy. SemiBold through Black handle headlines and logos.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fontfabric also lists variable fonts alongside OTF, TTF, WOFF, and WOFF2. That matters for web projects. One variable file can replace many static files, which keeps a design system lean. Check the file sizes in your own build before you promise anything to a client.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why Guka&#8217;s Italics Deserve Attention</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Nine italics mean you can emphasize without leaving the family. That sounds minor until a team builds a real system. Then you need emphasis in tables and pull quotes. The Black Italic on the specimen, set as &#8220;Hydroelectricity&#8221;, stays readable at large sizes.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Well Does Guka Handle Multilingual Text?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specimen sheet shows the range. It sets German with ß in &#8220;Großstadt Variation&#8221; and Danish letters in &#8220;Smørrebrød Økologiske Blåbærsylt&#8221;. It also shows Romanian comma-below forms in &#8220;Moștenire Culturală Vie&#8221;. Cyrillic samples cover Russian, Ukrainian, and Serbian.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fontfabric also lists localized forms and case-sensitive forms. Those matter more than they sound. A brand that ships across several markets needs correct letters, not fallbacks. That coverage reduces that risk.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Stylistic sets and alternates extend the OpenType feature list. I would test them early, because they change the personality of a headline.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Does Guka Work Best in Real Projects?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fontfabric names branding, editorial design, packaging, posters, advertising, and web design. I would narrow that list. It shines on packaging and identity systems, since the block terminals survive embossing and viewing distance. I expect a logo set in Guka Bold to read from across a room.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Editorial work is trickier. It suits headlines and section openers. Long articles need a calmer text face, so pair it with a neutral sans. Fontfabric recommends Mont and Nexa Text for contrast, and Matt and Muller for editorial and digital layouts. Fabric Grotesk covers structured systems.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">A Simple Guka Font Pairing Rule</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Guka should own the first read. The sans should own the second. A headline in Guka Black Italic sets the mood, and a Nexa Text paragraph does the explaining. Keep one slab voice per layout, because two competing slabs cancel each other.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Does Guka Fall Short?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No typeface is a universal fit, and this one has limits. Its block terminals dominate at small sizes, so tiny captions will look heavy. The Fontfabric listing mentions no optical size axis, which would have helped there. Meanwhile, the hooked a and the horizontal f can date a layout if you overuse them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Besides, Clarendon revivals are crowded territory. It competes with every slab serif on MyFonts. Its answer is attitude, and attitude is hard to sell to a client who wants warmth. Fontfabric points buyers to its Licensing 101 Guide. Read it before you send a quote.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Is Guka Headed?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my prediction. Within a few years, block-terminal slabs will replace tapered Clarendon revivals in mid-size consumer brands. Packaging teams already want type that looks sturdy on a shelf and clean on a screen. It fits that brief. Variable font support makes the move easier for web teams.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Guka at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Details</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Type</th><td>Contemporary slab serif inspired by Clarendon and Ionic</td></tr><tr><th>Foundry</th><td>Fontfabric</td></tr><tr><th>Credits</th><td>Type direction: Vika Usmanova. Type design: Svetoslav Simov, Trifon Andreev. Production, art direction, presentation: Stefan Yatanski</td></tr><tr><th>Styles</th><td>18: nine weights from Thin (100) to Black (900), each with an italic</td></tr><tr><th>Signature details</th><td>Block terminals on C, G, and S; horizontal endings on f and j</td></tr><tr><th>Formats</th><td>OTF, TTF, WOFF, WOFF2, variable fonts</td></tr><tr><th>OpenType features</th><td>Stylistic sets, alternates, ligatures, localized forms, case-sensitive forms</td></tr><tr><th>Languages</th><td>Extended multilingual support; specimen shows Latin and Cyrillic</td></tr><tr><th>Best for</th><td>Branding, packaging, posters, headlines, visual identity systems</td></tr><tr><th>Weak spot</th><td>Small sizes; no optical size axis listed</td></tr><tr><th>Recommended pairings</th><td>Mont, Nexa Text, Matt, Muller, Fabric Grotesk</td></tr><tr><th>Availability</th><td>MyFonts and Fontfabric</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The complete family is available from:</strong></p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fguka-font-fontfabric" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">MyFonts</a></div>



<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.fontfabric.com/fonts/guka/ref/weandthecolor/?rel=sponsored" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Fontfabric</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Guka FAQ: Common Questions About the Font</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the Guka font?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Guka is a slab serif family by Fontfabric, inspired by Clarendon and Ionic typefaces. It has 18 styles, block terminals, and horizontal-ending f and j forms.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is Guka a good Clarendon alternative?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, if you want an industrial tone. It replaces tapered drops with thick block terminals. Choose a classic Clarendon revival if you want warmth.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many styles does Guka have?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The family has 18 styles: nine weights from Thin to Black, each with an italic. Variable fonts appear among the supported formats.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is Guka good for body text?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It works best in headlines and short copy. For longer reading, use Regular or Medium at generous sizes, or pair it with a neutral sans such as Nexa Text.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Guka support Cyrillic?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specimen shows Russian, Ukrainian, and Serbian samples. Fontfabric also lists extended multilingual support with localized forms. Test your exact language before you commit.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can I buy Guka?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can buy it on MyFonts or directly from Fontfabric. Fontfabric also publishes a Licensing 101 Guide for buyers.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which fonts pair well with Guka?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fontfabric suggests Mont and Nexa Text for strong contrast, Matt and Muller for editorial and digital layouts, and Fabric Grotesk for structured systems.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">Fonts</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 24 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/guka-font-family-by-fontfabric/212952">Guka Font Family by Fontfabric</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>This Vertical Business Card Design Template Looks Like It Belongs in a Gallery, Not a Wallet</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/this-vertical-business-card-design-template-looks-like-it-belongs-in-a-gallery-not-a-wallet/212928</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 13:22:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Branding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe InDesign]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe Stock]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[branding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Business Card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[business card design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[business card template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[InDesign Template]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212928</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>I discovered this new vertical business card design template from Adobe Stock contributor RedGiant just recently, and the first thing I noticed had nothing to do with the dandelion or the lotus on the front. It was the back. Honestly, there are so many business card design templates on Adobe Stock that treat the reverse [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/this-vertical-business-card-design-template-looks-like-it-belongs-in-a-gallery-not-a-wallet/212928">This Vertical Business Card Design Template Looks Like It Belongs in a Gallery, Not a Wallet</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I discovered this new vertical business card design template from Adobe Stock contributor RedGiant just recently, and the first thing I noticed had nothing to do with the dandelion or the lotus on the front. It was the back. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Honestly, there are so many business card design templates on Adobe Stock that treat the reverse side as a dumping ground for a phone number and a logo mark. This one treats it as a second composition with its own hierarchy, its own grid, and its own job to do. That is rare enough to write about. The file is available as an InDesign document, designed to the standard 2 × 3.5 inch vertical format and set up in CMYK, which means it is meant for print rather than screen. It comes with two design options, both built around close-up black-and-white flower photography shot against a near-black backdrop. One uses a dandelion seed head; the other, a lotus. Neither image matters as much as the structure underneath it, and that structure is what I want to walk through.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-simple-modern-professional-photography-business-card-design-layout%2F2222533533" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Findesign.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe InDesign</a> to be installed on your computer. Whether you use Mac or PC, the latest version is available on the Adobe Creative Cloud website—take a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-simple-modern-professional-photography-business-card-design-layout%2F2222533533" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1468" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Minimalist-Vertical-Business-Card-Design-Template-Adobe-InDesign-Layout-2-x-3.5-in-RedGiant-1.webp" alt="Download a modern and minimalist vertical business card design template for Adobe InDesign as a 2 x 3.5&quot; layout." class="wp-image-212926" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Minimalist-Vertical-Business-Card-Design-Template-Adobe-InDesign-Layout-2-x-3.5-in-RedGiant-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Minimalist-Vertical-Business-Card-Design-Template-Adobe-InDesign-Layout-2-x-3.5-in-RedGiant-1-76x160.webp 76w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Download a modern and minimalist vertical business card design template for Adobe InDesign as a 2 x 3.5&#8243; layout.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-simple-modern-professional-photography-business-card-design-layout%2F2222533533" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Makes This Vertical Business Card Design Template Worth a Closer Look?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It solves a problem that shows up constantly in business card design: the back side either gets ignored or gets overloaded. This template avoids both traps by splitting information across a deliberate vertical grid instead of centering everything out of habit. The name sits in one corner, rotated profession text runs along the left edge, two QR code blocks sit near the bottom, and a row of small social icons breaks up what would otherwise be a wall of contact details. Every element has a lane. Nothing competes for the same visual weight.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That rotated category label, set vertically along the card&#8217;s left margin, is a small decision that does a lot of work. It reads as a job title tag without needing its own box or divider line. On the preview, it says &#8220;Photographer,&#8221; paired with a small star rating treatment next to it. Neither is functional data. Both are placeholder styling you would swap for your own title, but the pattern itself, title plus a short credibility marker, is reusable for almost any service-based profession: consultants, architects, florists, tattoo artists, anyone who wants their card to signal expertise at a glance rather than through a paragraph of credentials.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">First Look: Two Design Options, One Shared Logic</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The dandelion version sits inside a thin cream-colored mat frame against solid black, giving it a gallery-print feel. The lotus version drops the frame entirely and lets the flower bleed closer to the card&#8217;s edges, which reads slightly warmer and less formal. Both fronts carry nothing but a name and a small registered-trademark glyph in the corner. That restraint is the real design decision here, not the flower photography itself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is the detail worth flagging for anyone who has not bought a template like this before. What you receive is the InDesign file, not the glossy photographed mockup showing the card standing on a studio table with a soft shadow behind it. That mockup is Adobe Stock&#8217;s presentation layer. It&#8217;s not part of what lands in your download. Confusing the two is the single most common mistake I see first-time template buyers make, and it is worth saying plainly before anyone pays for this one expecting a rendered scene file.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Front Side: What the Photography Is Actually Doing</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both flower photographs function as placeholders, not fixed brand assets. Swap the dandelion for a product shot, a portrait, or a texture, and the layout holds because the image sits inside a locked frame with generous negative space around the type. That is the mark of a template built by someone who has actually handed files to clients before. A business card design that only looks good with its sample image is not a template. It is a finished poster pretending to be reusable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to name something here, because it is the kind of judgment call that separates a usable file from a demo screenshot. Call it the <strong>Replacement Image Tolerance</strong> test, a framework I use at WE AND THE COLOR to evaluate photo-driven templates: how far can you push a substitute image, in tone, contrast, and subject, before the layout stops working? This template scores well. Because the photography sits in a contained frame rather than running full-bleed with text layered directly on top, a brighter or busier replacement image will not swallow the name or the contact block the way full-bleed photo cards so often do.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Back Side Is Where This Template Earns Its Price</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Flip to page two of the InDesign file and the layout gets genuinely interesting. Name and title sit at the top, address and digital contact details sit in the middle, and two QR codes anchor the bottom alongside social handle icons. In one color option, the name sits top-right against a cream background; in the other, it shifts top-left with a small registered mark in the corner instead. That is not a cosmetic swap. Repositioning the anchor point changes how the eye enters the card, and both versions still read correctly within about two seconds, which is the real benchmark for a card someone glances at once before pocketing it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I evaluate business card backs against what I call the <strong>Two-Surface Legibility Test</strong>, an editorial framework, not an industry standard, that asks a simple question: does the back of the card work as a standalone composition if someone never looks at the front? Plenty of templates fail this immediately because the back is just a logo and a phone number floating in empty space. This one passes. The vertical &#8220;Photographer&#8221; tag, the star marks, and the layered contact information give the back enough visual structure to function on its own, which matters more than people think, since the back is what most people actually read after a handshake.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Typography and Color: Reading the File Without Guessing</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The type is a tracked-out, uppercase grotesque sans-serif, the kind of clean geometric family that reads as neutral rather than trendy, which is exactly right for a template meant to outlast whatever font is fashionable this quarter. Nothing about the typography draws attention to itself, and that restraint is intentional. A business card is not a poster. It gets read for three seconds in low light at a conference table, and type that behaves at small sizes under bad lighting beats type that looks clever on a laptop screen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Color stays almost entirely monochrome: black, off-white or cream, and the grayscale flower photography. That single decision does more for the template&#8217;s versatility than any layout choice. A near-black-and-cream palette never clashes with a logo, never fights a brand&#8217;s existing colors, and reproduces predictably in CMYK printing, where saturated colors often shift more than designers expect. If you have ever gotten business cards back from a print run looking noticeably different from the screen proof, you already understand why a restrained palette like this one is the safer bet.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who This Vertical Business Card Design Template Actually Fits</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Photographers are the obvious audience, given the sample copy on the preview, but the structure transfers cleanly to anyone selling a service built on craft and reputation rather than volume: independent architects, florists, tattoo artists, interior stylists, even boutique law practices that want to look less corporate than a standard horizontal card. It fits less well for anyone needing a crowded card with multiple phone lines, several job titles, or a dense logo lockup. The grid is built for restraint, and forcing extra information into it will undo the exact quality that makes it worth buying in the first place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A small aside, because it is the kind of detail an editor notices and a casual buyer would not: the placeholder name on the second design, Nelly Dean, is also the name of the housekeeper and narrator in Emily Brontë&#8217;s &#8220;Wuthering Heights.&#8221; Whether that is a deliberate nod from the contributor or pure coincidence, I cannot say. It is the kind of small, specific detail that makes a template feel designed by a person rather than generated by a pattern, and it is the sort of thing worth noticing before you overwrite it with your own name.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where It Falls Short</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No template is without trade-offs, and this one has two worth naming. First, the monochrome, photography-led front will not suit brands that rely on a specific color identity; swapping in a colored logo against the near-black background can read as an afterthought rather than a deliberate choice. Second, the vertical format itself is still a harder sell at in-person networking events, where most card holders, wallets, and Rolodex-style displays are built around the standard horizontal orientation. A vertical card photographs beautifully for a portfolio site. It occasionally gets folded or misfiled in a stack of horizontal ones.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How to Customize This Template in InDesign</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once the file is open, start with the paragraph and character styles rather than clicking directly into text frames. Adjusting the style definitions keeps both design options consistent if you decide to customize one and not the other. Replace the photography using the Content Grabber, the small ring that appears when you hover over a placed image, so the frame and its crop stay locked while the picture changes underneath it. Regenerate both QR codes before sending the file to print; the ones in the preview are sample data and will not resolve to anything useful. Finally, check the document&#8217;s bleed and trim settings against your printer&#8217;s specifications before export, since CMYK print vendors vary slightly in how much bleed they require around a vertical card this size.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">A Prediction Worth Stating Plainly</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Vertical business card design will keep gaining ground over the next few years, not because it looks more modern, but because QR codes and digital contact handoffs reward a taller card with more room for structured data at the bottom. A horizontal card forces QR codes into a cramped corner. A vertical one gives them an entire zone, as this template proves. Expect more Adobe Stock contributors to follow that logic rather than treating vertical orientation as a stylistic choice.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Quick Specs</h3>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Detail</th><th>Specification</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Format</td><td>Adobe InDesign (.indd)</td></tr><tr><td>Dimensions</td><td>2 x 3.5 inches, vertical orientation</td></tr><tr><td>Color mode</td><td>CMYK, print-ready</td></tr><tr><td>Design options</td><td>2 (dandelion and lotus photography)</td></tr><tr><td>Imagery</td><td>Black and white floral photography, fully replaceable</td></tr><tr><td>Contributor</td><td>RedGiant</td></tr><tr><td>Marketplace</td><td>Adobe Stock</td></tr><tr><td>Best suited for</td><td>Photographers, architects, florists, independent creatives</td></tr><tr><td>Less suited for</td><td>Dense, multi-line corporate contact layouts</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fminimalist-simple-modern-professional-photography-business-card-design-layout%2F2222533533" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is this vertical business card design template editable in InDesign?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The file opens as a standard InDesign document with editable text frames, paragraph styles, and placed images that can be swapped through the Content Grabber without rebuilding the layout.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does this business card design template come in CMYK?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The template is built in CMYK color mode, which makes it ready for professional print without a color-mode conversion step.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I replace the flower photography with my own images?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The dandelion and lotus photographs are placeholder imagery. Because they sit inside a locked frame with consistent margins, most replacement images, including busier or brighter ones, will hold the layout without further adjustment.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What size is this vertical business card template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is built to 2 x 3.5 inches, the standard vertical business card dimension used across most US print vendors.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do I need Adobe InDesign to use this file?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The template is distributed as an .indd file, which requires Adobe InDesign to open and edit. It is not compatible with Illustrator, Photoshop, or Canva without conversion.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is the realistic mockup photo included in the download?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The photographed scene showing the card on a table is Adobe Stock&#8217;s marketing presentation for the listing. The actual download is the InDesign source file.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 26 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/this-vertical-business-card-design-template-looks-like-it-belongs-in-a-gallery-not-a-wallet/212928">This Vertical Business Card Design Template Looks Like It Belongs in a Gallery, Not a Wallet</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>GG Hiro Font Family by GG Design</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/gg-hiro-font-family-by-gg-design/212921</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 09:05:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font family]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GG Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GG Hiro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[serif font]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212921</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>GG Hiro Individual Styles sells the complete GG Hiro family for $34. Six weights, each with a matching italic, and twelve files in total. That price matches the companion listing, GG Hiro – Variable, which packs the same twelve styles into a single variable TTF. These aren&#8217;t two tiers of the same font. They&#8217;re the [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/gg-hiro-font-family-by-gg-design/212921">GG Hiro Font Family by GG Design</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">GG Hiro Individual Styles sells the complete GG Hiro family for $34. Six weights, each with a matching italic, and twelve files in total. That price matches the companion listing, <a href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Fggdesign.it%2F291278498-GG-Hiro-%25E2%2580%2593-Variable" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">GG Hiro – Variable</a>, which packs the same twelve styles into a single variable TTF. These aren&#8217;t two tiers of the same font. They&#8217;re the same design shipped in two different formats, and the format changes how the font actually behaves once it leaves Creative Market.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Fggdesign.it%2F292433647-GG-Hiro-%25E2%2580%2593-Individual-Styles" rel="nofollow">The font family is available on Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I went through both listings, the licensing tiers, and the file specs to work out which format actually fits which job.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="928" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/GG-Hiro-font-family-GG-Design-1.webp" alt="GG Hiro font family by GG Design." class="wp-image-212919" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/GG-Hiro-font-family-GG-Design-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/GG-Hiro-font-family-GG-Design-1-120x160.webp 120w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">GG Hiro font family by GG Design.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Fggdesign.it%2F292433647-GG-Hiro-%25E2%2580%2593-Individual-Styles" rel="nofollow">The font family is available on Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What&#8217;s Actually Different Between Individual Styles and Variable?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both products cost the same across every license tier: $34 for desktop, $28.90 for webfont on sale, $45.90 for e-pub, and $266.90 for an app license. But that&#8217;s not all. Both cover the same six weights: Light, Regular, Medium, Semibold, Bold, and Extrabold, each with an italic. Both list the same 400-plus glyphs and the same 43 supported languages.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The real difference sits in the file architecture. Individual Styles ships as twelve separate static font files, one per weight and italic combination, packaged together at 1.49 MB and listed on Creative Market as created October 13, 2026. Variable compresses the same range into one 139.26-kilobyte file, first listed back in April 2025. That&#8217;s roughly a tenfold gap in download size for functionally the same type family.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Deployment Fit Framework: Picking Between Static and Variable</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Call this the Deployment Fit Framework, my own shorthand for matching a font&#8217;s file format to where it gets used, not an official classification anyone outside this review would recognize.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Static files earn their place in legacy design software without variable font support, in print workflows that need one guaranteed weight without interpolation, and in apps that embed a single font file and never touch the rest of the family. A print shop setting a wedding invitation in one licensed Semibold cut doesn&#8217;t need the other eleven styles sitting in the file.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Variable earns its place on the web, where font-variation-settings lets one file cover a page running headlines at Extrabold and body copy at Regular. It also wins anywhere file weight affects load time, since loading six static weights on one page multiplies HTTP requests that a single variable file avoids entirely.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why the File Size Gap Matters More Than It Looks</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The static package totals 1.49 MB across all twelve styles. The variable file does the identical job in 139.26 KB, under a tenth of the size. On a website pulling in several weights for one layout, that gap is the difference between one font request and several, each carrying its own file and its own render-blocking risk.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For a desktop workflow installing two or three weights once and never touching the rest, the size difference barely registers. Nobody notices 1.49 MB sitting in a font folder. They notice it in a Lighthouse score.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Diacritic Honesty Score: Does GG Hiro Actually Cover 43 Languages?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is the Diacritic Honesty Score, my own framework for checking a multi-language claim against a font&#8217;s revision history instead of taking a spec-sheet number at face value.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both listings claim support for 43 languages, from Spanish, German, and French down to less common entries like Zazaki, Gagauz, and Tlapanec. The Variable listing&#8217;s own changelog shows a September 2026 update flagged specifically for improved diacritics, four months before Individual Styles even went live on October 13. Since both products draw from the same underlying design, that revision work applies to the individual styles too, not just its sibling listing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I didn&#8217;t test all 43 languages against native speakers, and nobody reviewing a $34 font realistically does. But a foundry that keeps revising diacritics after launch is treating the claim as a working feature, not a line copied into a product description.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Individual Styles Actually Earns Its Keep</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">GG Design points this version at logo design, print media, souvenirs, merchandise, and website or social images, the same use cases listed for the Variable file. The practical edge shows up in production, not in the use-case list itself. A packaging project that only ever touches Bold and Extrabold can ship those two files and skip the other ten. A brand guideline PDF built in older InDesign versions that predate variable font support gets static files that just work, no compatibility questions asked.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who Should Buy the Variable File Instead?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyone deploying primarily to the web should lean toward Variable. One file covering all twelve styles through CSS beats loading individual static files for each weight a page actually uses, and the price difference is zero either way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That&#8217;s the strange part of this comparison. GG Design charges the same $34 regardless of format, so the decision isn&#8217;t really about cost. It&#8217;s entirely technical: static files for guaranteed compatibility and selective deployment, one variable file for web performance and dynamic weight control.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">GG Hiro Individual Styles at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Spec</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Designer</td><td>Gianfrancesco Gullo, GG Design</td></tr><tr><td>Classification</td><td>Serif, display-leaning</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>Static family, 12 separate files (6 weights, upright and italic)</td></tr><tr><td>Styles included</td><td>All 12, in one $34 purchase</td></tr><tr><td>File size</td><td>1.49 MB (full package)</td></tr><tr><td>Glyph count</td><td>400+</td></tr><tr><td>Language support</td><td>43 languages</td></tr><tr><td>Desktop license</td><td>$34.00</td></tr><tr><td>Webfont license</td><td>$28.90 (sale)</td></tr><tr><td>E-pub license</td><td>$45.90 (sale)</td></tr><tr><td>App license</td><td>$266.90 (sale)</td></tr><tr><td>Listed</td><td>October 13, 2026</td></tr><tr><td>Companion format</td><td>GG Hiro – Variable, same 12 styles, single 139.26 KB file, same $34</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Fggdesign.it%2F292433647-GG-Hiro-%25E2%2580%2593-Individual-Styles" rel="nofollow">The font family is available on Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About GG Hiro Individual Styles</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does GG Hiro Individual Styles include every weight?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. One $34 purchase includes all six weights, from light through extravagant, each with an upright and italic cut, and twelve files total.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What&#8217;s the difference between GG Hiro Individual Styles and GG Hiro Variable?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both include the same 12 styles for the same $34. Individual Styles ships as 12 separate static files. Variable packs everything into one variable font file.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which version is smaller to download?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Variable, by a wide margin. It totals 139.26 KB in one file, against 1.49 MB for the full static package.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which version should I use for a website?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Variable generally works better for web deployment, since one file covers every weight through CSS and cuts the number of font requests a page needs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which version should I use for print or legacy software?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Individual Styles, since static files work reliably in design software that doesn&#8217;t support variable font technology.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What languages does GG Hiro support?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">43 languages, including English, German, French, Spanish, Portuguese, and less common entries like Zazaki and Gagauz.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Feel free to browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">Fonts</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 28 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/gg-hiro-font-family-by-gg-design/212921">GG Hiro Font Family by GG Design</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>This InDesign Welcome Kit Presentation Template Doesn’t Just Look Good, It’s Also Easy to Customize</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/this-indesign-welcome-kit-presentation-template-doesnt-just-look-good-its-also-easy-to-customize/212913</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 13:48:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe InDesign]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe Stock]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[brand kit]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[InDesign Template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[presentation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[presentation template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[welcome kit]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212913</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>E-Type&#8217;s Welcome Kit Presentation Template, a 16-page InDesign file built at 1080 x 1920 pixels for screen presentations, is one of the more complete attempts, I have to say. This review works from the template&#8217;s official preview spread; the full 16-page layout is exactly as E-Type ships it, plus the technical specifications are listed on [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/this-indesign-welcome-kit-presentation-template-doesnt-just-look-good-its-also-easy-to-customize/212913">This InDesign Welcome Kit Presentation Template Doesn’t Just Look Good, It’s Also Easy to Customize</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">E-Type&#8217;s <em>Welcome Kit Presentation Template</em>, a 16-page InDesign file built at 1080 x 1920 pixels for screen presentations, is one of the more complete attempts, I have to say.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This review works from the template&#8217;s official preview spread; the full 16-page layout is exactly as E-Type ships it, plus the technical specifications are listed on Adobe Stock. No slides here are rebuilt or restyled. What follows is what&#8217;s actually in the file, read page by page, and what a working designer can expect once it opens in InDesign.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fwelcome-kit-presentation-template%2F2208867635" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the kit from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Findesign.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe InDesign</a> to be installed on your computer. Whether you use Mac or PC, the latest version is available on the Adobe Creative Cloud website—take a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fwelcome-kit-presentation-template%2F2208867635" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1420" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-Welcome-Kit-Presentation-Template-E-Type-1.webp" alt="Adobe InDesign Welcome Kit Presentation Template by E-Type." class="wp-image-212911" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-Welcome-Kit-Presentation-Template-E-Type-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Adobe-InDesign-Welcome-Kit-Presentation-Template-E-Type-1-78x160.webp 78w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Adobe InDesign Welcome Kit Presentation Template by E-Type.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fwelcome-kit-presentation-template%2F2208867635" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the kit from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is a Welcome Kit Presentation Template, Exactly?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A welcome kit presentation template is a pre-built slide system that agencies and freelancers send to new clients at the start of a project. It usually covers who the studio is, what the engagement includes, and what happens next. Unlike a pitch deck, it isn&#8217;t selling the work. It&#8217;s confirming the work after the contract is already signed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That distinction matters for how you judge this template. A welcome kit doesn&#8217;t need to persuade anyone. It needs to look organized, feel personal, and get out of the way fast. E-Type&#8217;s version is designed specifically for that narrower job.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Inside the 16 Pages: A Breakdown That Matches the Index</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The deck opens with a cover slide, then an index page listing six sections: About Us, Case Study, Partnerships, The Team, Manifesto, and Feedback. That index isn&#8217;t decoration. Every page after it maps directly to one of those six categories, which is rarer than it sounds in template packs this size.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Full Page List</h3>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Cover (&#8220;Welcome Kit&#8221;)</li>



<li>Index</li>



<li>What We Do</li>



<li>About Us</li>



<li>Objective (mission, vision, values)</li>



<li>Case Study</li>



<li>A full-bleed quote slide for a client testimonial</li>



<li>Partnerships (four-client grid)</li>



<li>Creators (team intro)</li>



<li>The Team (four-person photo grid)</li>



<li>Manifesto</li>



<li>Offer (a pricing tier table, four rows)</li>



<li>Brief Project</li>



<li>Feedback</li>



<li>Statistics (three metric blocks)</li>



<li>Get In Touch (contact details)</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sixteen slides, zero filler pages. Plenty of template packs pad the count with duplicate layouts wearing a different color. This one doesn&#8217;t do that. Every slide earns its spot in the sequence.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How the Template Is Built: What the File Structure Tells You</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Both listings confirm the color system runs on a swatch palette rather than hardcoded fills, which means updating brand colors should take minutes, not hours. Change the swatches once, and the pink, coral, and mint blocks update across all 16 pages. That&#8217;s standard practice for a well-built template, though plenty of template packs skip it and force a manual hunt through every frame instead.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The listings also confirm photo placeholders sit on their own layer, separate from text and background elements. That layer separation is what makes InDesign&#8217;s Content Grabber tool useful here: click an image frame, and the grabber lets you swap the photo without disturbing its crop or position. None of the preview photography ships with the download. That detail trips up first-time template buyers constantly, so it&#8217;s worth repeating.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Adding Motion With the Animation Panel</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because this template targets screen presentations instead of print, the Animation panel (Window > Interactive > Animation) is where it earns a second look. Anyone comfortable with that panel can stagger headline text so words appear in sequence or fade a photo in gently rather than having it snap into place. Neither effect is built into the file by default. You add both yourself, per object, through motion presets and per-frame delay settings.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you&#8217;ve never touched the Animation panel, budget an extra hour to learn it. The template doesn&#8217;t walk you through that part.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where This Welcome Kit Presentation Template Wins and Where It Doesn&#8217;t</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The typography does the heavy lifting here. Bold, condensed, uppercase headlines against a warm off-white background give every page a consistent editorial weight, even before a single word of real content goes in. Pair that with free fonts linked directly in the included help file, and you avoid the usual font-licensing scramble that kills momentum on a Friday afternoon deadline.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Where it struggles: the Offer slide assumes a four-tier pricing structure. If your agency sells one flat retainer, you&#8217;ll either delete three rows or stretch thin content across a layout built for density. The Team and Creators slides also assume four people. Solo freelancers will need to rebuild those grids from scratch rather than just deleting a box.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Six-Screen Trust Arc: A Framework I Use for Judging Welcome Decks</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I&#8217;ll be direct about this: the Six-Screen Trust Arc isn&#8217;t an industry term. It&#8217;s a shorthand I started using this year after comparing a dozen welcome kit presentation templates side by side, and it&#8217;s useful enough to name here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The idea is simple. The first six screens of any client-facing welcome deck should move through a specific order: cover, index, who-we-are, what-we-do, mission, and proof. Skip the proof slide, or bury it past screen ten, and the client starts asking questions the deck should have already answered. E-Type&#8217;s template follows this arc almost exactly, placing the case study at position six. That placement alone suggests whoever built this has sat through real client onboarding calls.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A second shorthand worth naming: the Narrative-to-Data Ratio, which is just the proportion of storytelling slides (About Us, Manifesto, Feedback) against pure data slides (Statistics, Offer). This deck runs roughly 70/30 in favor of narrative. That&#8217;s the right ratio for a welcome kit. A sales deck should flip it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who Should Buy This Welcome Kit Presentation Template</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Small design studios and solo creative directors get the most value here, specifically teams onboarding clients onto retainer work rather than one-off projects. The vertical 1080 x 1920 format also fits directly into screen-share presentations and Instagram Stories exports, which agencies increasingly use for onboarding content.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Skip it if your pricing model doesn&#8217;t fit four tiers, or if you need a landscape deck for a projector presentation. E-Type sells a separate landscape version of the same system, worth checking if that&#8217;s your format.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Quick Reference: Welcome Kit Presentation Template Specs</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Spec</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Designer</td><td>E-Type (Adobe Stock contributor)</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>Adobe InDesign (.indd / .idml)</td></tr><tr><td>Page count</td><td>16 fully editable pages</td></tr><tr><td>Dimensions</td><td>1080 x 1920 px (vertical, screen-ready)</td></tr><tr><td>Fonts</td><td>Free fonts, linked in the included help file</td></tr><tr><td>Photography</td><td>Preview only, not included in the download</td></tr><tr><td>Color system</td><td>Swatch-based, editable in one click</td></tr><tr><td>Animation</td><td>Manual, via InDesign&#8217;s Animation panel</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Agency and freelance client onboarding decks</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where to Find It</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The kit is available on Adobe Stock. Pricing on Adobe Stock runs through its standard template licensing, either a subscription credit or a single-template purchase, so check current terms before buying.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fwelcome-kit-presentation-template%2F2208867635" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the kit from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does the welcome kit presentation template include the stock photos shown in the preview?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The preview photography is for display only. You add your own images to the 16 placeholder frames after purchase.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I edit this welcome kit presentation template in Canva instead of InDesign?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some versions of E-Type&#8217;s welcome kit templates ship with a Canva file alongside the InDesign version. Check the specific listing you&#8217;re buying, since not every variant includes both formats.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is the 1080 x 1920 format good for Instagram Stories or LinkedIn carousels?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. That vertical ratio matches Instagram Stories natively and works well as an exported image carousel for LinkedIn, though you&#8217;ll need to export each page individually.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do I need InDesign experience to use this template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Basic experience helps, especially for the animation panel. Swapping text and photos requires almost no InDesign knowledge, since the Content Grabber handles image replacement without disturbing the layout.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do I add the fade and sequential text animations to the slides?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Open Window &gt; Interactive &gt; Animation, select a text or image frame, then assign a motion preset like Fade In or Appear. Set the delay for each object manually to control the sequence.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 30 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/this-indesign-welcome-kit-presentation-template-doesnt-just-look-good-its-also-easy-to-customize/212913">This InDesign Welcome Kit Presentation Template Doesn’t Just Look Good, It’s Also Easy to Customize</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The 10 Coolest LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-10-coolest-lego-architecture-sets-for-adults/212894</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 16:21:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[amazon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lego]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LEGO Architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LEGO architecture sets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LEGO sets]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212894</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults Now Cost $79.99 to $799.99, and These 10 Earn Their Shelf Space. Many LEGO Architecture sets for adults cost more than they deserve, but some do not. So, this list names 10 LEGO Architecture sets and ranks them by what you pay per brick. It also flags the ones that [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-10-coolest-lego-architecture-sets-for-adults/212894">The 10 Coolest LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<h2 class="wp-block-heading">LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults Now Cost $79.99 to $799.99, and These 10 Earn Their Shelf Space.</h2>



<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Many LEGO Architecture sets for adults cost more than they deserve, but some do not. So, this list names 10 LEGO Architecture sets and ranks them by what you pay per brick. It also flags the ones that will vanish first.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">LEGO Architecture 21065 Sagrada Família ships on November 1 with 12,060 pieces, the most of any LEGO set. Himeji Castle retires in December. So holiday shoppers get about ten weeks to decide. The entire LEGO Architecture line itself keeps changing, too. LEGO once sold skylines for $59.99. Now it sells shadowbox postcards and a basilica taller than 24 inches. I like that ambition, but I also think LEGO prices some of it badly.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Are the Best LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults in 2026?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The best LEGO Architecture set for adults in 2026 is Notre-Dame de Paris (21061). It packs 4,383 pieces into a $229.99 box. That works out to 5.2 cents per piece, the lowest rate among the ten sets below.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is a working definition. A LEGO Architecture set for adults is a display model of a real building or monument. It carries a 16+ or 18+ rating. It belongs on a shelf, not in a toy box. Every pick has an Amazon.com listing. I skipped retired skylines, such as the 598-piece New York City set that LEGO retired in December 2025. I also skipped the Eiffel Tower and the Colosseum. Those sets belong to LEGO Icons, not LEGO Architecture.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do You Judge LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use two tests. The first is the 8-Cent Line. Divide the list price by the piece count. A set below eight cents per piece gives you real mass for your money. At list price, four sets clear that line. Notre-Dame costs 5.2 cents per piece, and Sagrada Família costs 6.6 cents. The Statue of Liberty costs 7.1 cents. Himeji Castle costs 7.5 cents. The second test is the Retirement Clock. LEGO retires Architecture sets on a schedule, and that date decides how long you can buy one new. After retirement, Amazon.com stock thins out, and discounts disappear.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Popularity counts as well. I also weighed buyer ratings and how loudly fans talk about each set. The Statue of Liberty, for example, holds a 4.8 average across thousands of Amazon.com ratings.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The 10 Best LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults, Ranked</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">1. LEGO Architecture 21061 Notre-Dame de Paris</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B07xbdUJg" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Notre-Dame</a> is the value king. Rok Žgalin Kobe designed it, and 4,383 pieces cost $229.99 at list price. That works out to 5.2 cents per brick.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The build follows the cathedral&#8217;s real construction, starting with the foundation of 1163. Because of that order, you learn the structure while you stack it. The finished model weighs about 3.6 kg (7.9 lb). LEGO plans to keep it on shelves until the end of 2027.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I rank it first without hesitation. It is the best LEGO Architecture set for adults, and it photographs well.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">2. LEGO Architecture 21063 Neuschwanstein Castle</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">LEGO released <a href="https://link.amazon/B0ckwMUwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Neuschwanstein</a> in August 2025 with 3,455 pieces and a $279.99 list price. The model stands about 31 cm (12 in) tall and 46 cm (18 in) long. It carries 237 printed parts, including the windows.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can swap the tree foliage between summer and fall colors. That small trick keeps the model fresh on a shelf. At 8.1 cents per piece, it just misses my 8-Cent Line. I forgive it. LEGO plans to produce it through 2028.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">3. LEGO Architecture 21065 Sagrada Família</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B0h1B0ReK" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Sagrada Família</a> sets a record. It holds 12,060 pieces, which tops the 10,001-piece Eiffel Tower. It costs $799.99 and ships November 1.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The model stands over 24 inches tall, 18.5 inches wide, and 15 inches deep. Its stained-glass effect echoes how light moves through the real basilica. The build opens into sections, so you can see inside.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At 6.6 cents per piece, it clears the 8-Cent Line easily. Still, $799.99 is a lot of money for one shelf. I would wait for a first discount. I would also measure my shelf twice.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">4. LEGO Architecture 21067 Tower Bridge</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B00xrqutq" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Tower Bridge</a> is the priciest LEGO Architecture set here after Sagrada Família. It lists at $349.99 for 3,745 pieces. That equals 9.3 cents per piece, well above my line.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The model spans 89 cm (35 in) wide and includes a working bridge-raising mechanism. It also adds a miniature London bus. LEGO released it on August 1, 2026.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would not pay full price. Many fans will, and the raising mechanism explains part of the premium. Still, a 15 percent discount makes this a far better buy.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">5. LEGO Architecture 21060 Himeji Castle</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B0fB40Gg3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Himeji Castle</a> is the LEGO Architecture set to buy before December. LEGO plans to retire it at the end of 2026. It packs 2,125 pieces into a $159.99 box, or 7.5 cents per piece.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Cherry blossom trees surround the white keep, and the build runs through 17 numbered bags. Amazon.com has sold it for as little as $127.95, which is 20 percent below list. That price appeared in July 2024.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Expect it to vanish from first-party stock soon after January 1. I think the castle will cost more in a year.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">6. LEGO Architecture 21062 Trevi Fountain</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B032ASvjw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Trevi Fountain</a> replaces a 731-piece set from 2014 with 1,880 pieces. It lists at $159.99 and measures about 25 cm (10 in) tall and 38 cm (15 in) long.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Minifigure-style pieces play the sculptures, including the sea god Oceanus. The Palazzo Poli facade rises behind the water. At 8.5 cents per piece, you pay a little extra for the detail. LEGO plans to produce it through 2028.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">7. LEGO Architecture 21042 Statue of Liberty</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The <a href="https://link.amazon/B0adFstAJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Statue of Liberty</a> is the veteran of LEGO Architecture. It carries 1,685 pieces and a $119.99 list price, or 7.1 cents per piece. The model stands over 17 inches (44 cm) tall.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Amazon.com has sold it for as little as $74.39, which is 38 percent below list. The set is old, and LEGO may retire it soon. If you want it, buy it now.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">8. LEGO Architecture 21058 Great Pyramid of Giza</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The <a href="https://link.amazon/B07irGtlE" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Great Pyramid</a> costs $129.99 for 1,476 pieces. From October 5 to 7, Amazon.com cut it to $90.99 during Prime Big Deal Days. That is 30 percent off.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cutaway reveals the interior chambers. The set sits late in its shelf life, so stock will thin. I would buy it while Amazon.com still ships it.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">9. LEGO Architecture 21064 Paris, City of Love</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B02iXRu5l" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Paris, City of Love</a> costs $79.99 for 958 pieces, and it arrived on January 1, 2026. It stylizes Paris landmarks inside a shadowbox. That makes it the cheapest LEGO Architecture set here and the easiest to place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It adds 309 pieces to the older 649-piece Paris skyline. At 8.3 cents per piece, the price is fair. I would give it to a friend who owns no LEGO set yet.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">10. LEGO Architecture 21066 New York City, The Big Apple</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://link.amazon/B04EkYgEH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The Big Apple</a> lists at $139.99 for 1,465 pieces and arrived on June 1, 2026. A giant apple frames the landmarks in forced perspective. It is clever, and it costs 9.6 cents per piece, the highest rate here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That rate keeps it last. Still, it is the sharpest example of Postcard Architecture, which I explain next.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Postcard Architecture in LEGO Architecture Sets?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Postcard Architecture is my name for a new format in the LEGO Architecture line. A postcard set frames several landmarks inside one shadowbox or one forced-perspective scene. Paris, City of Love and The Big Apple both fit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Older skylines lined up buildings in a row. Postcards compose a picture. That difference matters on a wall, because a postcard hangs or leans like art. A skyline just stands there. I expect at least two more postcard LEGO Architecture sets by the end of 2027. Both current ones cost less than $140, which suits gift budgets.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which LEGO Architecture Sets Leave Shelves First?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Retirement Clock is simple. Himeji Castle ends in December 2026. Notre-Dame follows at the end of 2027. Neuschwanstein and Trevi Fountain both run through 2028. The Statue of Liberty and the Great Pyramid have little runway left. I would not wait on either.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now for my forecast. Sagrada Família will sell out at first. LEGO will then announce another LEGO Architecture set above 5,000 pieces by the end of 2028.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Much Should You Pay for LEGO Architecture Sets on Amazon.com?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">List price is a ceiling, not a target. Deep cuts on LEGO Architecture sets are rare, and a 20 percent cut already counts as good.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Great Pyramid fell from $129.99 to $90.99 in early October, a 30 percent cut. Himeji Castle and the Statue of Liberty have both hit lower prices in the past, at $127.95 and $74.39.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So set a price alert and wait for 15 percent off. Tower Bridge and Sagrada Família deserve that patience most. Prices on Amazon.com change daily, so check each listing before you buy.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Rank</th><th>LEGO Architecture set</th><th>Set number</th><th>Pieces</th><th>List price</th><th>Cents per piece</th><th>Best Amazon.com price seen</th><th>Retirement outlook</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>1</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B07xbdUJg" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Notre-Dame de Paris</a></td><td>21061</td><td>4,383</td><td>$229.99</td><td>5.2</td><td>List price only</td><td>End of 2027</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B0ckwMUwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Neuschwanstein Castle</a></td><td>21063</td><td>3,455</td><td>$279.99</td><td>8.1</td><td>List price only</td><td>2028</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B0h1B0ReK" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Sagrada Família</a></td><td>21065</td><td>12,060</td><td>$799.99</td><td>6.6</td><td>List price only</td><td>No date yet</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B00xrqutq" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Tower Bridge</a></td><td>21067</td><td>3,745</td><td>$349.99</td><td>9.3</td><td>List price only</td><td>No date yet</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B0fB40Gg3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Himeji Castle</a></td><td>21060</td><td>2,125</td><td>$159.99</td><td>7.5</td><td>$127.95 (20% off)</td><td>December 2026</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B032ASvjw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Trevi Fountain</a></td><td>21062</td><td>1,880</td><td>$159.99</td><td>8.5</td><td>List price only</td><td>2028</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B0adFstAJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Statue of Liberty</a></td><td>21042</td><td>1,685</td><td>$119.99</td><td>7.1</td><td>$74.39 (38% off)</td><td>Likely soon</td></tr><tr><td>8</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B07irGtlE" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Great Pyramid of Giza</a></td><td>21058</td><td>1,476</td><td>$129.99</td><td>8.8</td><td>$90.99 (30% off)</td><td>Late in shelf life</td></tr><tr><td>9</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B02iXRu5l" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Paris, City of Love</a></td><td>21064</td><td>958</td><td>$79.99</td><td>8.3</td><td>List price only</td><td>No date yet</td></tr><tr><td>10</td><td><a href="https://link.amazon/B04EkYgEH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">New York City, The Big Apple</a></td><td>21066</td><td>1,465</td><td>$139.99</td><td>9.6</td><td>List price only</td><td>No date yet</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Common Questions About LEGO Architecture</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the best LEGO Architecture set for adults?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Notre-Dame de Paris (21061) is the best choice. It costs $229.99 for 4,383 pieces, or 5.2 cents per piece.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the biggest LEGO Architecture set?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sagrada Família (21065) is the biggest. It has 12,060 pieces, stands over 24 inches tall, and costs $799.99. It ships November 1, 2026.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Are LEGO Architecture sets only for adults?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. Most current sets carry an 18+ rating, and the Statue of Liberty carries 16+. Older skylines, such as London, carry 12+.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which LEGO Architecture set should a beginner buy first?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Paris, City of Love is the easiest start. It costs $79.99 for 958 pieces.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which LEGO Architecture sets retire soon?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Himeji Castle retires in December 2026. Notre-Dame follows at the end of 2027. Neuschwanstein Castle and Trevi Fountain run through 2028.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is the Eiffel Tower a LEGO Architecture set?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The Eiffel Tower (10307) belongs to LEGO Icons. It has 10,001 pieces and stands 149 cm tall.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How long does a LEGO Architecture set take to build?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Neuschwanstein Castle takes roughly 8 to 10 hours. Sagrada Família has more than three times as many pieces. Nobody has published a finished build time for it yet.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/architecture">Architecture</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 32 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-10-coolest-lego-architecture-sets-for-adults/212894">The 10 Coolest LEGO Architecture Sets for Adults</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Retro Halloween Flyer by Guuver Works Because One Arched Cat Does All the Selling</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/retro-halloween-flyer-by-guuver-works-because-one-arched-cat-does-all-the-selling/212903</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 14:27:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[adobe illustrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe Stock]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flyer design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flyer template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Halloween]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Halloween flyer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Halloween template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[illustrator template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vector graphic]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212903</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This retro Halloween flyer makes one decision most templates avoid. It lets a single black cat carry the whole poster. Guuver, an Adobe Stock contributor, designed the A4 layout as an editable vector file with CMYK colors. I opened it in Adobe Illustrator and tried to break it. Mostly, it held up. Halloween flyers usually [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/retro-halloween-flyer-by-guuver-works-because-one-arched-cat-does-all-the-selling/212903">Retro Halloween Flyer by Guuver Works Because One Arched Cat Does All the Selling</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This retro Halloween flyer makes one decision most templates avoid. It lets a single black cat carry the whole poster. Guuver, an Adobe Stock contributor, designed the A4 layout as an editable vector file with CMYK colors. I opened it in Adobe Illustrator and tried to break it. Mostly, it held up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Halloween flyers usually fail through volume. Ten pumpkins, six ghosts, and a fog gradient fight for attention. This one uses a hissing cat, a few bats, and a lot of orange. Does restraint sell a party better than clutter? After a week with the file, I say yes.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fretro-halloween-trick-or-treat-event-flyer%2F539806139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this vector template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Fillustrator.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe Illustrator</a> to be installed on your computer. You can get the latest version from the Adobe Creative Cloud website. Just have a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fretro-halloween-trick-or-treat-event-flyer%2F539806139" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="768" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Download-Retro-Halloween-Trick-or-Treat-Party-Event-Flyer-Vector-Graphic-Adobe-Illustrator-1.webp" alt="You can download this retro Halloween trick-or-treat party event flyer as a vector graphic for use in design software such as Adobe Illustrator." class="wp-image-212901" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Download-Retro-Halloween-Trick-or-Treat-Party-Event-Flyer-Vector-Graphic-Adobe-Illustrator-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Download-Retro-Halloween-Trick-or-Treat-Party-Event-Flyer-Vector-Graphic-Adobe-Illustrator-1-145x160.webp 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">You can download this retro Halloween trick-or-treat party event flyer as a vector graphic for use in design software such as Adobe Illustrator.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fretro-halloween-trick-or-treat-event-flyer%2F539806139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What makes a retro Halloween flyer different from a standard party flyer?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A retro Halloween flyer borrows from mid-century print. Think flat color, chunky display type, and simple spot illustration. It looks printed, not rendered. That matters on a crowded corkboard, where glossy gradients vanish.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I define the style with a term of my own: the <strong>Two-Ink Rule</strong>. A retro flyer should read as if two inks ran on one colored stock. Here, charcoal and cream sit on a burnt orange field. Everything else is tint or texture.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This flyer follows the rule almost perfectly. The cream &#8220;Trick&#8221; and the charcoal &#8220;Treat&#8221; split the headline by ink. The cat and the date badge reuse the same pair. Consequently, the poster feels cohesive from ten feet away.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The cat is the headline&#8217;s equal.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The arched cat has raised fur, narrowed eyes, and a tail that points straight up. It stands on a loose puddle shape. That puddle grounds the figure. Without it, the cat would float.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the cat is the best asset in the file. It is also the reason this Halloween flyer template stands out from stock rivals. Most templates settle for a silhouette. This cat has an attitude.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How does the typography hold up at poster size?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The headline uses a heavy, slab-leaning display face with cut corners. It sits in two lines, and the word &#8220;or&#8221; lives in a spiky black starburst between them. That badge is a clever fix. It stops the small word from disappearing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Still, I have one complaint. The &#8220;Trick&#8221; line in cream has less contrast against orange than the charcoal &#8220;Treat&#8221; line. On a cheap office printer, the top line turned soft. Therefore, I recommend darkening the cream by about ten percent before you print.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The supporting text is small but sensible.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The information stack is modest. A small cream script names the performers. A second block names the venue. Below that, a line of capitals handles the address and details. Furthermore, the date sits in its own burst badge, so nobody misses October 31.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The preview shows placeholder copy, including &#8220;Your Presents&#8221; at the top and a lorem ipsum footer. Replace those first. I almost forgot the top line, which would have been embarrassing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is this vector flyer actually easy to edit in Adobe Illustrator?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, with small caveats. The file is a true vector flyer, so every shape scales without blur. I enlarged the cat to poster size and saw no pixel edges. The grain, however, behaves differently from the shapes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is the workflow I used to edit this Illustrator flyer template:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the file and check the Layers panel before touching anything.</li>



<li>Unlock the text layers and replace each placeholder block.</li>



<li>Swap the performer names, venue, and footer copy.</li>



<li>Check fonts. Install any missing ones, or outline them.</li>



<li>Export a press-ready PDF with bleed.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Color mode and print setup</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The document uses CMYK, which suits printing. That choice saves you a conversion step. On the other hand, social posts need RGB. Convert a copy for Instagram, and expect the orange to shift slightly on screen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The A4 size (210 × 297 mm) fits most European printers. American users should check the margins on US Letter. The artboard is slightly taller, so crop the contour lines, not the cat.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which details separate this retro trick-or-treat flyer from its competitors?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I compared the design against typical Halloween party flyer templates on stock sites. Three details stood out.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The topographic background</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Faint contour lines wander behind the type in a lighter orange. They add depth without adding a color. I like this move a lot. It gives the poster a printed, almost screen-printed feel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The scatter of small shapes</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Lightning bolts frame the headline. Bats sit in two corners. Four-point sparkles and dots fill the gaps. Because they stay small, they never compete with the cat. Yet they keep the empty areas alive.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The tiny pumpkin</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One small pumpkin sits beside the cat&#8217;s back leg. Only one. That single pumpkin is a joke on the genre, and I enjoyed it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What are the weak points of this Halloween party flyer template?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No design is perfect. First, the performer block is cramped. Two names plus a venue squeeze into the lower left. A longer lineup will force you to resize the cat or the date badge.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Second, the layout favors a single event. A multi-stage party needs more room for schedules. This flyer sells a mood, not a program. Accept that, or choose another file.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Third, the grain texture may bloat the file. Simplify it before sending the design to a copy shop. Otherwise, the preview will crawl.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Summary table: The retro Halloween flyer at a glance.</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Detail</th><th>My verdict</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Designer</td><td>Guuver (Adobe Stock contributor)</td><td>Confident, consistent style</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>Editable vector, Illustrator-ready</td><td>Scales cleanly</td></tr><tr><td>Page size</td><td>A4 (210 × 297 mm)</td><td>Check margins for US Letter</td></tr><tr><td>Color mode</td><td>CMYK</td><td>Print-ready, convert for social</td></tr><tr><td>Palette</td><td>Burnt orange, charcoal, cream</td><td>Follows the Two-Ink Rule</td></tr><tr><td>Hero element</td><td>Arched black cat</td><td>Best asset in the file</td></tr><tr><td>Weak spot</td><td>Cream headline contrast, tight info block</td><td>Fixable in minutes</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where is retro Halloween design heading next?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect three shifts. First, flat two-ink layouts will spread because social feeds punish visual noise. Second, the hand-cut display type will replace thin sans fonts on event posters. Third, designers will treat grain as a standard layer, not a special effect.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also predict that single-mascot flyers will go viral more often than crowded ones. A lone cat is easy to remember, easy to meme, and easy to screenshot. Will your next poster dare to show only one character?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who should download this Halloween flyer vector?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This file suits school fundraisers, bar nights, neighborhood block parties, and small music venues. It also suits freelancers who need a fast base. You can finish a customized version in under an hour.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Skip it if you need a corporate look. The cat has too much personality for a conference mixer.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fretro-halloween-trick-or-treat-event-flyer%2F539806139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">FAQ: Retro Halloween flyer template</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I edit this retro Halloween flyer in Adobe Illustrator?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Guuver built it as a vector file for professional design software such as Adobe Illustrator. Shapes, colors, and text stay editable.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What size is the flyer?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The flyer uses A4, which measures 210 × 297 mm. For US Letter, adjust the artboard and trim the background lines.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is the file ready for print?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The color mode is CMYK, so yes. Add bleed in your export settings and replace all placeholder copy first.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I change the colors?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The design uses a limited palette, so global swatches make recoloring quick. Keep strong contrast between the cream and the orange.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does a trick-or-treat flyer work for adult parties?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It does. The retro look and the live music block signal a social event, not a children&#8217;s candy run.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What should I replace first?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Start with the top line, which reads &#8220;Your Presents&#8221; in the preview. I nearly shipped my test version with it still in place.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 34 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/retro-halloween-flyer-by-guuver-works-because-one-arched-cat-does-all-the-selling/212903">Retro Halloween Flyer by Guuver Works Because One Arched Cat Does All the Selling</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Bootzy Condensed TM Font by Type Mania</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/bootzy-condensed-tm-font-by-type-mania/212892</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 13:14:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bootzy Condensed]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bootzy Condensed TM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[distressed font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rugged font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[typeface]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212892</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Bootzy Condensed TM Is the Better Rugged, Distressed Font for Stories and Reels. Bootzy Condensed TM beats its famous parent at one specific job. It fits a loud headline into a tall, narrow frame without shrinking the letters. Bootzy TM already owns TikTok cover slides and captions. Yet far fewer designers know that Type Mania [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/bootzy-condensed-tm-font-by-type-mania/212892">Bootzy Condensed TM Font by Type Mania</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Bootzy Condensed TM Is the Better Rugged, Distressed Font for Stories and Reels.</h2>



<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Condensed TM beats its famous parent at one specific job. It fits a loud headline into a tall, narrow frame without shrinking the letters. Bootzy TM already owns TikTok cover slides and captions. Yet far fewer designers know that Type Mania also sells this tighter cut. I think it should be the first font you open for a vertical video that asks for a rugged, distressed typeface.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F92501297-Bootzy-Condensed-TM-%25E2%2580%2593-Rugged-Font" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the font from Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Vertical video leaves very little room. A Story canvas measures 1080 by 1920 pixels, and the app interface covers the top and bottom edges. Every extra character forces a smaller size. Condensed letterforms solve that problem at the source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F92501297-Bootzy-Condensed-TM-%25E2%2580%2593-Rugged-Font" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="928" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Bootzy-Condensed-TM-Font-Type-Mania-1.webp" alt="Bootzy Condensed TM Font by Type Mania" class="wp-image-212890" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Bootzy-Condensed-TM-Font-Type-Mania-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Bootzy-Condensed-TM-Font-Type-Mania-1-120x160.webp 120w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Bootzy Condensed TM Font by Type Mania.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F92501297-Bootzy-Condensed-TM-%25E2%2580%2593-Rugged-Font" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the font from Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Bootzy Condensed TM?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Condensed TM is a rugged display sans serif from the foundry Type Mania. It works as the narrow companion to <a href="/bootzy-font-type-mania/186297">Bootzy TM</a>. Type Mania pitches it at the creative underground and the DIY ethos of bootlegging.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specs are short. Bootzy Condensed TM ships with 426 glyphs. It covers Basic Latin, Western European, Euro, Central European, and Pan-African Latin. The zip contains OTF, TTF, and WOFF2 files plus OpenType features. Three stylistic sets switch automatically. Type Mania asks buyers to purchase directly at typemania.eu.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is the citable version. Bootzy Condensed TM is a heavy, narrow display typeface with distressed edges and automatic glyph shuffling, built for short headlines in tall formats.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does Bootzy Condensed TM Differ From Bootzy TM?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Width is the main difference. The letters stand taller and tighter, so each line holds more characters at the same cap height. I call that gain stack width. A higher stack width means a bigger type, or more words, in the same frame.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The character stays the same. The specimen shows the rough, photocopied edge that made Bootzy TM popular. However, the counters in a, e, and g shrink to slits at small sizes. So you cannot treat this font as a text face. I like that limit because it forces short copy.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Arm&#8217;s-Length Test</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use one check for every headline in this font. Hold the phone at arm&#8217;s length and glance at the screen for one second. If you cannot read the line, the line is too long. Because Bootzy Condensed TM has tiny counters, this test catches problems faster than zooming in on a desktop monitor.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do the Three Stylistic Sets Work in Bootzy Condensed TM?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The font shifts between its stylistic sets whenever the same glyph appears twice in a row. Type &#8220;Bootzy&#8221; and the two o&#8217;s can take different shapes. You click nothing. The alternation happens as you type.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call this effect shuffle rhythm. It breaks the mechanical look of repeated letters and gives a headline a hand-pasted feel. Words such as &#8220;coffee,&#8221; &#8220;little,&#8221; and &#8220;mission&#8221; show it best, because they contain doubled letters.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Shuffle Rhythm has one catch. It only works with live text. If you outline or rasterize the type too early, you lose the shuffle when you retype. Also, in-app text tools on social platforms usually offer built-in fonts only. So build the text card in Figma, Photoshop, or Illustrator, then export it as an image or video overlay.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If doubled letters look identical on your screen, open the OpenType panel. Check the contextual and stylistic options there.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Does Bootzy Condensed TM Work Best?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Stories and Reels</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Stack the lines. Two to four words per line works well. Leave tracking at zero, because the specimen sets the letters tight, and the tightness is part of the look.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As a working rule, I keep text about 250 pixels away from the top and bottom edges of a 1080 by 1920 canvas. TikTok covers more at the bottom with its caption and buttons. So I push text higher there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specimen pairs acid green with black and off-white with black. Both pairings give the rough texture a flat surface to sit on. Skip gradients behind this font. The distressed edge already supplies the noise.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Flyers, Zines, and Cover Slides</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Type Mania markets Bootzy Condensed TM for flyers and zines, and the fit is obvious. A gig poster can carry a band name in one tall block. A carousel cover slide works the same way. Use one line of three to five words, then stop.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where It Fails</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Body copy fails. Captions fail. Any line over eight words fails too. A full sentence in Bootzy Condensed TM turns into a gray wall. Pair it with a plain grotesque for supporting text. The specimen uses a small monospaced caption line, and that is a good model.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Bootzy Condensed TM at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Typeface</td><td>Bootzy Condensed TM</td></tr><tr><td>Foundry</td><td>Type Mania</td></tr><tr><td>Style</td><td>Rugged display sans serif, condensed</td></tr><tr><td>Companion font</td><td>Bootzy TM</td></tr><tr><td>Best formats</td><td>Stories, Reels, TikTok covers, flyers, zines</td></tr><tr><td>Stylistic sets</td><td>3, shifting automatically for doubled glyphs</td></tr><tr><td>Glyph count</td><td>426</td></tr><tr><td>Language support</td><td>Basic Latin, Western European, Euro, Central European, Pan African Latin</td></tr><tr><td>Files</td><td>OTF, TTF, WOFF2, with OpenType features</td></tr><tr><td>Where to buy</td><td>typemania.eu</td></tr><tr><td>Weak spot</td><td>Small text and long lines</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Happens Next With Fonts Like Bootzy Condensed TM?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here are three predictions. Vertical video will keep rewarding narrow letters, so I expect more condensed grunge display fonts to follow Bootzy Condensed TM.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Foundries will release condensed companions on launch day. Right now they often arrive months later.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Automatic alternates will become a standard selling point. Few designers want to manage glyph sets by hand under deadline, and Shuffle Rhythm removes that chore.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftypemania909%2F92501297-Bootzy-Condensed-TM-%25E2%2580%2593-Rugged-Font" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the font from Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About Bootzy Condensed TM</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is Bootzy Condensed TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Condensed TM is a narrow, rugged display sans serif by Type Mania. It is the condensed companion to Bootzy TM.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is Bootzy Condensed TM good for TikTok and Reels?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Its narrow letters let you set larger headlines inside a 1080 by 1920 pixel frame. Keep each line short, because the counters close up at small sizes.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the difference between Bootzy TM and Bootzy Condensed TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bootzy Condensed TM has narrower, taller letters. Both fonts share the same rough character. The condensed cut fits more characters on each line.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Bootzy Condensed TM support accented characters?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. It covers Western European and Central European languages, plus Pan-African Latin and the Euro sign. In total, it contains 426 glyphs.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which file formats come with Bootzy Condensed TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The zip includes OTF, TTF, and WOFF2 files. It also includes OpenType features.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do the stylistic sets in Bootzy Condensed TM work?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The three stylistic sets shift automatically when you type the same glyph twice in a row. You do not need to switch them on by hand. If nothing happens, check your OpenType panel.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can I buy Bootzy Condensed TM?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Type Mania recommends buying straight from typemania.eu. Check the license for web and app use before you publish.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Don&#8217;t hesitate to find other trending typefaces in the <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">fonts</a> section here at WE AND THE COLOR.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 36 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/bootzy-condensed-tm-font-by-type-mania/212892">Bootzy Condensed TM Font by Type Mania</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Casa Coqueira Is a Glass House on Five-Meter Concrete Walls in Northern Portugal</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/casa-coqueira-is-a-glass-house-on-five-meter-concrete-walls-in-northern-portugal/212882</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 08:22:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Interior Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[house]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ivo Tavares]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[modrn architecture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Portugal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiago Sousa Arquitecto]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212882</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Casa Coqueira is a glass house that answers a neighbor&#8217;s problem with five meters of concrete. Tiago Sousa Arquitecto finished it in 2025 in Castanheira, a village in Paredes de Coura, northern Portugal. Quite often, glass houses fight their surroundings, but this one simply leaves. Ivo Tavares photographed this house that lifts itself out of [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/casa-coqueira-is-a-glass-house-on-five-meter-concrete-walls-in-northern-portugal/212882">Casa Coqueira Is a Glass House on Five-Meter Concrete Walls in Northern Portugal</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Casa Coqueira is a glass house that answers a neighbor&#8217;s problem with five meters of concrete. <a href="https://www.instagram.com/jcarquitetos/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tiago Sousa Arquitecto</a> finished it in 2025 in Castanheira, a village in Paredes de Coura, northern Portugal.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Quite often, glass houses fight their surroundings, but this one simply leaves. <a href="https://www.ivotavares.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ivo Tavares</a> photographed this house that lifts itself out of the village. The house also hides its own doors. But not just that detail makes Casa Coqueira worth a closer look.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1450" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Casa-Coqueira-a-project-by-Tiago-Sousa-Arquitecto-in-Paredes-de-Coura-photographed-by-Ivo-Tavares-1.webp" alt="Casa Coqueira, a project by Tiago Sousa Arquitecto in Paredes de Coura, photographed by Ivo Tavares." class="wp-image-212880" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Casa-Coqueira-a-project-by-Tiago-Sousa-Arquitecto-in-Paredes-de-Coura-photographed-by-Ivo-Tavares-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Casa-Coqueira-a-project-by-Tiago-Sousa-Arquitecto-in-Paredes-de-Coura-photographed-by-Ivo-Tavares-1-77x160.webp 77w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Casa Coqueira, a project by Tiago Sousa Arquitecto in Paredes de Coura, photographed by Ivo Tavares.</figcaption></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Casa Coqueira, and Where Does It Stand?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Casa Coqueira is a 140 m² single-story house in Castanheira, Paredes de Coura, Portugal. Sousa designed it as a private home, and builder José Manuel Barreiro completed it in 2025.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The site has two levels. The upper level takes up most of the land and connects to the upper road. The lower level comes from an excavation. It is a flat platform between large granite retaining walls, and it connects to the lower road.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the architect started with a cut in the hillside, not an empty field. Everything that follows reacts to that cut.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Does Casa Coqueira Stand on Five-Meter Concrete Walls?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Casa Coqueira rests on vertical concrete planes that rise five meters from the lower platform to the upper level. The house sits on top as one monolithic, transparent volume.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The height does two jobs at once. It pulls the house away from the existing buildings nearby. It also opens an unobstructed view across the valleys.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Compare the Farnsworth House (Plano, Illinois, 1951). Mies van der Rohe lifted it roughly five feet to clear Fox River floods. Sousa lifts his house five meters to clear neighbors. Both lifts are practical, and both happen to look dramatic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my read. Sousa did not raise the house for drama. He raised it for privacy and view, then accepted the drama as a side effect. That order of priorities is why the house feels calm instead of showy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The elevation also creates a direct link to the property on the upper level. At the same time, it separates the house from the construction around it.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Granite Platform Below Casa Coqueira</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Down at the lower level, the concrete planes keep working. Between the old granite walls and the road access, they mark spaces and paths. They shape the green areas and service areas, and they mark the entrance.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The project sheet calls this an outdoor space that results from the layout and the site. Sousa also drew the landscape himself, which explains why the ground level and the house follow one logic.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does the Square Plan of Casa Coqueira Work?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The plan of Casa Coqueira starts with a square, and the square is the entrance hall. Every other plane aligns to it. Only the floor and the roof break that rule.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The hall has a door in each corner. A continuous wood cladding hides all four. You arrive in a room with no visible exit. A square skylight above you supplies natural light and softens the sense of being shut in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think this is the best idea in the house and the riskiest. A hall with four hidden doors asks the visitor to trust the architect for a moment, and since the skylight is the only fixed reference in the room, the whole experience depends on how well that single square of daylight carries the orientation that doors normally provide.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A guest carrying groceries may disagree. Everyone else will probably enjoy the pause.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now compare inside and outside. The perimeter is glass and open. The center is wooden, closed and lit from above. I read this as an inversion, and it is the real subject of Casa Coqueira.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Continuous Veranda</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Casa Coqueira wraps a continuous balcony around its entire perimeter. Sousa describes these edge zones as intermediate and undefined. They connect directly to the interior spaces.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The floor and the roof create this band. They are the two horizontal planes that ignore the square grid. As a result, the house gains a layer between inside and outside without adding a single room.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is Casa Coqueira Really a &#8220;Less Is More&#8221; House?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The press release ties Casa Coqueira to Mies van der Rohe and his &#8220;less is more&#8221; principle. I think that label sells the house short.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The links are real. Mies drew a square-plan glass house in his unbuilt 50&#215;50 house (1951), and he raised the Farnsworth House on steel supports. Sousa borrows both ideas: a square matrix and a lifted glass volume.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then he breaks the Miesian habit that matters most. Mies kept his plans legible, so a visitor to the Farnsworth House sees the glass room and the way out at once, whereas Sousa withholds the way out and lets a wooden wall do the hiding.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is closer to a spatial trick than to doctrine. I mean that as praise. A house that quotes Mies and then contradicts him in the hallway is more interesting than a faithful copy.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which Materials Define Casa Coqueira?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Three materials carry the house. Concrete is the structure. Glass gives the volume its immateriality. Wood brings in a more human and welcoming tone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The warm wood balances the austere concrete. It also clads the entrance hall, so it is the material you touch first. The product list names Carpintaria Stª Marinha for the carpentry and Indelague for the lighting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My bet is that the wood decides whether the box feels like a home. Without that cladding, the hall would be a concrete room with a hole in the roof.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who Is the Architect Behind Casa Coqueira?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tiago Sousa was born in 1987 in Paredes de Coura. He studied at Universidade Lusíada do Porto and at La Sapienza in Rome, and he started his own studio in 2016.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His portfolio includes the Caminha Municipal Market (co-author), the Castanheira Research Center, and the Interpretation Center of the Village of S. Martinho de Coura. He also won first place in a competition for the Radio Televisão Portuguesa academy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Casa Coqueira sits in his home municipality. That local knowledge shows in how the house reads its two-level site. Ivo Tavares Studio documented the finished building.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Casa Coqueira at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Project</td><td>Casa Coqueira</td></tr><tr><td>Architect</td><td>Tiago Sousa, Tiago Sousa Arquitecto</td></tr><tr><td>Location</td><td>Castanheira, Paredes de Coura, Portugal</td></tr><tr><td>Completed</td><td>2025</td></tr><tr><td>Total area</td><td>140 m²</td></tr><tr><td>Category</td><td>Housing</td></tr><tr><td>Builder</td><td>José Manuel Barreiro</td></tr><tr><td>Landscape</td><td>Tiago Sousa</td></tr><tr><td>Illustrations</td><td>Alex Rodrigues</td></tr><tr><td>Site</td><td>Two levels, with a flat platform between granite retaining walls</td></tr><tr><td>Structure</td><td>Vertical concrete planes, five meters high</td></tr><tr><td>Plan</td><td>Square entrance hall with four hidden doors and a square skylight</td></tr><tr><td>Materials</td><td>Concrete, glass, wood</td></tr><tr><td>Photographer</td><td>Ivo Tavares Studio</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Casa Coqueira FAQ</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where is Casa Coqueira?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Casa Coqueira stands in Castanheira, in the municipality of Paredes de Coura, in northern Portugal.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who designed Casa Coqueira?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Tiago Sousa of Tiago Sousa Arquitecto designed Casa Coqueira. He founded his studio in 2016 and also drew the landscape.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How big is Casa Coqueira?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The house has a total area of 140 m² on a single floor. Concrete planes lift it five meters above the lower platform.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why does Casa Coqueira sit on concrete walls?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The elevation opens an unobstructed view over the valleys and creates distance from neighboring buildings. It also links the house directly to the upper property.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is special about the entrance hall?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The square hall has a door in each corner, and a continuous wood cladding hides all four. A square skylight lights the room.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which architect inspired Casa Coqueira?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The project description links the house to Mies van der Rohe and his &#8220;less is more&#8221; principle. The lifted glass volume recalls the Farnsworth House of 1951.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who photographed Casa Coqueira?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ivo Tavares Studio photographed the house.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All images © <a href="https://www.ivotavares.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Ivo Tavares</a>. Don&#8217;t hesitate to browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/architecture">Architecture</a> and <a href="/category/design/interior-design-2">Interior Design</a> categories for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 38 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/casa-coqueira-is-a-glass-house-on-five-meter-concrete-walls-in-northern-portugal/212882">Casa Coqueira Is a Glass House on Five-Meter Concrete Walls in Northern Portugal</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>An InDesign Annual Report Template With Infographics, Illustrations, and 20 Pages Your Readers Will Finish</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/an-indesign-annual-report-template-with-infographics-illustrations-and-20-pages-your-readers-will-finish/212875</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2026 14:52:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe InDesign]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[annual report]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Brochure Template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[business plan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[graphic design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[InDesign Template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[infographics]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212875</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Honestly, annual reports often die in their second week. Someone skims the chairman&#8217;s letter, shrugs, and files the PDF. A good InDesign annual report template has to prevent that from page one. Jozef Micic, a graphic designer and Adobe Stock contributor, designed one that tries hard, and I really like it. His cover shows a [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/an-indesign-annual-report-template-with-infographics-illustrations-and-20-pages-your-readers-will-finish/212875">An InDesign Annual Report Template With Infographics, Illustrations, and 20 Pages Your Readers Will Finish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Honestly, annual reports often die in their second week. Someone skims the chairman&#8217;s letter, shrugs, and files the PDF. A good InDesign annual report template has to prevent that from page one.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jozef Micic, a graphic designer and Adobe Stock contributor, designed one that tries hard, and I really like it. His cover shows a red road spiraling up a tower. Tiny figures climb it. I think it beats any stock photo on a business cover. This InDesign annual report template comes in US Letter (8.5 x 11 in) and A4. Both versions hold 20 pages. I went through every spread. Designers usually get annual report jobs late, and budgets stay small. Therefore, a ready-made grid saves days. I also expect illustrated reports to replace stock-photo reports soon, because generic photos have lost their value.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fannual-growth-report-template-with-minimalist-illustrations%2F1751946626" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Findesign.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe InDesign</a> to be installed on your computer. Whether you use Mac or PC, the latest version is available on the Adobe Creative Cloud website—take a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fannual-growth-report-template-with-minimalist-illustrations%2F1751946626" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1697" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/InDesign-Annual-Report-Template-Minimalist-Infographics-Illustrations-Jozef-Micic-1.webp" alt="An InDesign annual report template with minimalist infographics and illustrations created by graphic designer and Adobe Stock contributor Jozef Micic." class="wp-image-212873" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/InDesign-Annual-Report-Template-Minimalist-Infographics-Illustrations-Jozef-Micic-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/InDesign-Annual-Report-Template-Minimalist-Infographics-Illustrations-Jozef-Micic-1-66x160.webp 66w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/InDesign-Annual-Report-Template-Minimalist-Infographics-Illustrations-Jozef-Micic-1-630x1536.webp 630w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">An InDesign annual report template with minimalist infographics and illustrations created by graphic designer and Adobe Stock contributor Jozef Micic.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fannual-growth-report-template-with-minimalist-illustrations%2F1751946626" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Makes This InDesign Annual Report Template Different From the Usual Corporate Layout?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Restraint, mainly. The palette runs on a hot red and a dusty sage over warm cream. Charcoal handles the type.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every photo runs in grayscale. As a result, the red does all the talking.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Annual report brochures often scatter five or six accent colors across their charts. Micic refuses to do that. Consequently, every chart looks like it belongs to the same company.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is my definition. Minimalist annual report design limits its palette and lets one accent color carry the data. This InDesign annual report template follows that rule on all 20 pages.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I find that rule more useful than any layout trick. Because red appears only near numbers, readers learn to look there first. That rule also makes the InDesign annual report template easy to rebrand.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does the 20-Page InDesign Annual Report Template Structure Your Story?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Cover, Contents, and Chairman&#8217;s Foreword</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cover of this InDesign annual report template pairs a heavy condensed headline with a serif subtitle. Together they read like a newspaper masthead. A sage box and a logo slot sit at the bottom.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next comes the table of contents. A grayscale skyline photo fills the left page, and the list sits on the right. Then the chairman&#8217;s foreword follows, with a portrait and a large red wedge reading +7%.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like that the foreword page carries a number. Chairman letters usually bury results in paragraph six. Here, the figure leads.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Team, Company Story, and Strategy</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The team page in this InDesign annual report template offers four portrait slots with names and titles. Next, the &#8220;What We Do &amp; About Us&#8221; spread uses small red markers to flag key statements. The strategy spread then shows five red circles with a figure walking across them. Below, four blocks, Q1 through Q4, hold your milestones.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That quarterly structure forces discipline. You write one clear paragraph per quarter, and nothing more.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Numbers, Results, Future, and Contact</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The middle of the book carries the data. Bar charts, ring callouts, tables, and a gear illustration fill those spreads. The results spread places oversized figures like $21 MLN and +37% over a dark skyline photo. After that, the future section pairs a rising triangle chart with a portrait. The InDesign annual report template ends on a puzzle illustration and a contact block.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Good Are the Minimalist Infographics and Illustrations?</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Charts, Rings, and Oversized Numbers</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The charts include vertical bars, a donut, a spike chart, and a square grid that shows 97%. Large circles hold figures such as +13.4% and 17%. Each chart in this InDesign annual report template uses red and sage only.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Big numbers do the real work. A single +37% in a circle reads faster than a paragraph. However, the preview values are placeholders. Rebuild each chart from your own data, and check every proportion.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One warning. Do not repeat the same chart type on consecutive spreads. Variety keeps readers moving.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Illustrations With a Point of View</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The illustrations carry the personality. Climbers scale a red spiral. A figure works among red gears. Two silhouettes shake hands across a puzzle. Each scene uses small black figures with long shadows.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My thesis is simple. Tiny human figures give abstract numbers a human scale. A revenue chart feels less cold when a silhouette stands next to it. Icons label data, but silhouettes tell a story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The weakest part is the tables. In the preview, the type looks small and dense. I would enlarge the figures before printing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do You Customize This InDesign Annual Report Template?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Customization takes little effort. Every text block and image in the preview is placeholder content. This is the order I would follow.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Pick US Letter or A4, then open the matching InDesign annual report template file.</li>



<li>Replace the placeholder text with your own copy.</li>



<li>Swap in your images. Convert them to grayscale first to keep the palette intact.</li>



<li>Open the Pages panel to add, delete, or duplicate pages.</li>



<li>Rebuild the charts and number callouts with your real figures.</li>



<li>Change the red and sage to your brand colors if you need to.</li>



<li>Export a print PDF. The CMYK color mode makes the file print-ready.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Everything stays editable. As a result, a 12-page report and a 30-page report both work with this InDesign annual report template.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who Should Use This Annual Report Brochure Template?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Small and mid-sized companies get the most from it. Nonprofits and startups fit well too. Large listed companies with dense financial statements will need more table space.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Freelancers can also reuse the structure for investor updates and impact reports. Because the grid stays consistent, an InDesign annual report template like this one speeds up repeat jobs.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Will Annual Report Design Go Next?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I see two shifts coming. First, illustration will replace stock photography in annual reports, because readers distrust generic imagery. Second, a single hero number will open most reports, just as the foreword here does.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Answer engines will also quote reports that state results plainly. Therefore, write one clear sentence per result. A well-built InDesign annual report template gives you the space to do that.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Quick Facts: InDesign Annual Report Template at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th>Details</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Product</td><td>InDesign annual report template</td></tr><tr><td>Designer</td><td>Jozef Micic, graphic designer and Adobe Stock contributor</td></tr><tr><td>Sizes</td><td>US Letter (8.5 x 11 in) and A4</td></tr><tr><td>Pages</td><td>20 predesigned pages per size, fully customizable</td></tr><tr><td>Color mode</td><td>CMYK, print-ready</td></tr><tr><td>Palette</td><td>Red, sage, cream, charcoal, grayscale photos</td></tr><tr><td>Graphics</td><td>Minimalist infographics and illustrations</td></tr><tr><td>Preview content</td><td>All text and images are placeholders</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Small and mid-sized companies, startups, nonprofits</td></tr><tr><td>Weak spot</td><td>Small, dense table type</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fannual-growth-report-template-with-minimalist-illustrations%2F1751946626" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is an InDesign annual report template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An InDesign annual report template is a pre-built Adobe InDesign layout for company reports. It includes pages, grids, and graphics that you fill with your own content.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What sizes does this template come in?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jozef Micic designed it in US Letter (8.5 x 11 in) and A4. Each size of the InDesign annual report template has 20 pages.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is the template print-ready?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The CMYK color mode makes this InDesign annual report template print-ready.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I add or delete pages?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. You can add, delete, or duplicate as many pages as you need in the InDesign brochure template.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Are the infographics and illustrations editable?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Every graphic in the InDesign file stays customizable. The minimalist infographics and illustrations are included.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do the preview images and text come with it?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. The InDesign annual report template shows preview content only. Add your own images and text.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which companies suit this annual report brochure template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Small businesses, startups, and nonprofits suit it best. A minimalist InDesign annual report template works less well for dense financial statements.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a> category for more, or take a look at our selection of the <a href="/86-best-adobe-indesign-templates-for-2027-editorially-selected-and-tested/212553">86 best InDesign templates for 2027</a>.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 40 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/an-indesign-annual-report-template-with-infographics-illustrations-and-20-pages-your-readers-will-finish/212875">An InDesign Annual Report Template With Infographics, Illustrations, and 20 Pages Your Readers Will Finish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Basis Grotesque Font Family by Colophon Foundry</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/basis-grotesque-font-family-by-colophon-foundry/212861</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2026 12:07:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Basis Grotesque]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colophon Foundry]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font family]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sans serif]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212861</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Basis Grotesque is the best-behaved grotesque I have seen in years, and I mean that as high praise. I tested the Basis Grotesque font family for several weeks. I set it in a magazine layout and a product interface. Then I pushed it into a pitch deck and a code-heavy documentation page. Each time I [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/basis-grotesque-font-family-by-colophon-foundry/212861">Basis Grotesque Font Family by Colophon Foundry</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Basis Grotesque is the best-behaved grotesque I have seen in years, and I mean that as high praise. I tested the Basis Grotesque font family for several weeks. I set it in a magazine layout and a product interface. Then I pushed it into a pitch deck and a code-heavy documentation page. Each time I waited for a quirk to surface. None did.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fbasis-grotesque-font-colophon-foundry" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The font family is available on MyFonts.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Design teams have grown tired of geometric sans serifs that all look alike. They want a grotesque with a real backbone and good manners. Colophon Foundry released Basis Grotesque in 2015. Variable and Arabic editions followed in 2024. The family now suits brands that publish in print and on screens in more than one script.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fbasis-grotesque-font-colophon-foundry" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1010" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Basis-Grotesque-Font-Family-Colophon-Foundry-1.webp" alt="Basis Grotesque Font Family by Colophon Foundry" class="wp-image-212859" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Basis-Grotesque-Font-Family-Colophon-Foundry-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Basis-Grotesque-Font-Family-Colophon-Foundry-1-110x160.webp 110w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">Basis Grotesque Font Family by Colophon Foundry</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fbasis-grotesque-font-colophon-foundry" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The font family is available on MyFonts.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Basis Grotesque and Who Made It?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Basis Grotesque is a grotesque sans serif family from Colophon Foundry. The London type studio also makes Aperçu and Fann Grotesque. The founders, Anthony Sheret and Edd Harrington, drew the original. The release credits also name Jelle Bosma, Steve Matteson and Robin Nicholas.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The family began as one regular weight. Colophon drew it for the redesign of the photography magazine Hotshoe. Work started around 2012, and the commercial release followed in 2015. Three years of refinement turned a house font into a full system.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why Did a Photography Magazine Start It?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Photography magazines need a type that stays quiet next to images. A loud typeface competes with the photograph, and the photograph always wins. I read that brief in every curve of Basis Grotesque. It never shouts.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What Does the Basis Grotesque Family Include?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Colophon describes the family as 16 styles. The sans runs from light to black with matching italics. Two monospaced cuts in Regular and Bold, also with italics, sit alongside it. An off-white variant handles the type on solid-color grounds. Every Pro style adds Cyrillic and Greek, and the OpenType feature set is extensive.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Is Basis Grotesque a Behaved Grotesque?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Behaved Grotesque is my label for a grotesque with the attitude of early sans serifs and none of their layout trouble. Basis Grotesque fits that definition exactly. Colophon took inspiration from Akzidenz and early Monotype grotesques. Then it set them aside while honoring them, aiming for something calmer and more shapely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like that restraint. Revival fonts often copy every blemish and call it authenticity. Basis Grotesque keeps the tone of the originals and skips the blemishes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next to Helvetica Neue, it feels warmer. Next to Akzidenz-Grotesk, it feels calmer. That is a personal judgment, and I stand by it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does the Skeleton Lock in Basis Grotesque Work?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Skeleton Lock is my term for weights that share one skeleton. A weight change alters color but never construction. Colophon designed Basis Grotesque this way on purpose. It is the single most useful thing about the family.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, I ran a simple weight-swap test, and I set a headline in regular, then switched the same text frame to bold and black. The letters kept the same proportions and the same rhythm through every swap, so the headline still read as one voice even though the color of the page had changed completely, which almost never happens with weights drawn at different times by different hands.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Widths grow with weight, as they must. Still, no letter changed its structure. That is rare.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The consistency pays off in hierarchy. I set a Light title above a Medium subhead on one baseline grid. The pair looked like one voice. Because the skeleton stays fixed, a designer can build an entire hierarchy from one family, from a light display line to a black pull number, and the result still feels as if a single author wrote every level of the page.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Why does this matter for brands? A system that needs only one family saves licensing fees and review meetings. It also removes the most common source of typographic drift, which is a second font that nobody chose on purpose.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Did Basis Grotesque Perform in My Four-Surface Check?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Four-Surface Check is my method for judging a sans serif. I test it in print, on screen, in a presentation, and in code. A family that works on two surfaces is a good font. A family that works on four is a system.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Print</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In print, Regular carried 9 pt body text with an even gray. Italic added emphasis without any wobble.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Screen</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On screen, Medium worked well for interface labels. The letters stayed open at small sizes.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Presentation</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the deck, Black made key numbers hard to ignore. Light gave the captions room to breathe.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Code and Data With Basis Grotesque Mono</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Basis Grotesque Mono sat beside the proportional cuts without a clash. That pairing saves a design system from adding a second family just for tables and code.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is the Basis Grotesque Off White Variant For?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Colophon created an off-white variant for use on solid color grounds. Few families bother. Most designers reverse the regular cut to white and accept whatever happens.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like this idea more than any other feature in the family. Type on a color field behaves differently than type on paper. I read the purpose as a fix for the glare that pure white creates against deep tones. A dedicated cut treats that glare as a design problem rather than an afterthought.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If your brand uses a dark green or charcoal as its main ground, test this cut first. It may settle an argument before the argument starts.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is the Basis Grotesque Variable Font Worth the Price?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Basis Grotesque Variable edition arrived in March 2024. The family has two styles, which I read as upright and italic, each carrying the full weight range. A single file replaces a stack of static weights. That means lighter pages and finer control over every size.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each style costs $384, and the pair costs $768. That price targets teams, not hobbyists. For a brand with a website and a print program, one family that covers every weight makes sense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Basis Grotesque Arabic Variable edition arrived the same month, from $320 per style. It uses open counters and a mono-linear, low-contrast design. Those choices suit both large display sizes and small screen text.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Which Fonts Pair Well With Basis Grotesque?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Pair it with a serif that has real contrast. Canela gives display lines sharp edges. Plantin gives long text a warm, bookish voice. Both let Basis Grotesque play the calm partner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For data, use Basis Grotesque Mono instead of a stranger from another foundry. The shared skeleton keeps tables and headlines on speaking terms.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Is Basis Grotesque Heading Before 2027?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Prediction one. Behaved grotesques will replace geometric sans serifs in many mid-market brand systems by the end of 2027. Basis Grotesque is the clearest model of why.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Prediction two. Other foundries will copy the off-white idea. Designers have waited long enough for a cut built for color grounds.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Prediction three. Colophon will add more scripts to the Basis Grotesque system after Arabic. The 2024 releases read like the start of a multi-script plan.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Basis Grotesque at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Details</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Typeface</td><td>Basis Grotesque</td></tr><tr><td>Classification</td><td>Grotesque sans serif (Behaved Grotesque)</td></tr><tr><td>Foundry</td><td>Colophon Foundry, London</td></tr><tr><td>Designers</td><td>Anthony Sheret and Edd Harrington; credits also name Jelle Bosma, Steve Matteson, and Robin Nicholas</td></tr><tr><td>Origin</td><td>Custom Regular for the photography magazine Hotshoe; work began around 2012</td></tr><tr><td>Commercial release</td><td>2015</td></tr><tr><td>Family size</td><td>16 styles, from light to black with italics, plus Mono and Off White</td></tr><tr><td>Scripts</td><td>Latin, Cyrillic, and Greek in Pro styles; Arabic edition from 2024</td></tr><tr><td>Variable edition</td><td>March 2024, $384 per style, $768 for the pair</td></tr><tr><td>Key concept</td><td>Skeleton Lock: shared skeleton across weights</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>Editorial design, brand systems, interfaces, decks, documentation</td></tr><tr><td>My verdict</td><td>Buy it</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.tkqlhce.com/click-100832746-15735335?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.myfonts.com%2Fcollections%2Fbasis-grotesque-font-colophon-foundry" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The font family is available on MyFonts.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About the Typeface</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who designed Basis Grotesque?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Colophon Foundry in London released it. Anthony Sheret and Edd Harrington drew the original for the magazine Hotshoe.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is Basis Grotesque similar to Akzidenz-Grotesk?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It shares an ancestor. Colophon drew inspiration from Akzidenz and early Monotype grotesques, then built something calmer and more shapely.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Basis Grotesque support Cyrillic and Greek?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Every Pro style includes both scripts.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Basis Grotesque have a monospaced version?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The Mono comes in Regular and Bold, each with an italic.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is there a Basis Grotesque variable font?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The variable edition arrived in March 2024 with two styles.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is Basis Grotesque best used for?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It excels in editorial layouts, brand systems, interfaces, and presentations. The Skeleton Lock keeps hierarchy consistent across all of them.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How much does the Basis Grotesque variable font cost?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each style costs $384, and the two-style family costs $768.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Feel free to browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">Fonts</a> category for more.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 42 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/basis-grotesque-font-family-by-colophon-foundry/212861">Basis Grotesque Font Family by Colophon Foundry</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Goodbye, Things by Fumio Sasaki Is a 55-Tip Toolkit for Owning Only 150 Items</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/goodbye-things-by-fumio-sasaki-is-a-55-tip-toolkit-for-owning-only-150-items/212850</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2026 13:05:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Interior Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Fumio Sasaki]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hardcover]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[minimalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[W. W. Norton & Company]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212850</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Goodbye, Things by Fumio Sasaki makes a better argument with its photographs than with its prose. I mean that as praise and as a complaint at the same time. Black Friday is on November 27 this year, which makes a book about owning less an almost ironic read. I read the hardcover, a 272-page Norton [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/goodbye-things-by-fumio-sasaki-is-a-55-tip-toolkit-for-owning-only-150-items/212850">Goodbye, Things by Fumio Sasaki Is a 55-Tip Toolkit for Owning Only 150 Items</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Goodbye, Things by Fumio Sasaki makes a better argument with its photographs than with its prose. I mean that as praise and as a complaint at the same time. Black Friday is on November 27 this year, which makes a book about owning less an almost ironic read.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I read the hardcover, a 272-page Norton edition that measures 5.6 by 8.6 inches. Then I held the rules of Goodbye, Things up against my own shelves. Some rules survived. Others collapsed fast, and I will tell you which ones.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Do you own anything you cannot explain in one sentence?</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B09dCLDSD" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The book is available on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is Goodbye, Things Really Asking You to Do?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Goodbye, Things is a minimalism memoir with a practical manual built into its middle. Eriko Sugita translated it into English, and W. W. Norton published that edition on April 11, 2017.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The Japanese original, <em>Bokutachi ni, mō mono wa hitsuyō nai</em>, appeared from Wani Books in 2015. By the time the English edition of Goodbye, Things arrived, the original had sold roughly 150,000 copies in Japan. Sasaki is a former co-editor-in-chief at Wani Books, so he knows how to hold a reader.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here is the definition I use in this article. Minimalism means owning only what you use or love today. That definition is mine, yet it matches the life Sasaki describes in Goodbye, Things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His life is extreme enough to quote. Sasaki lives in a 215-square-foot Tokyo apartment and owns about 150 items. A desk and a roll-up futon pad furnish it, along with one small wooden box.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Goodbye, Things runs through six parts. The 55 tips in the middle carry most of the practical weight. A shorter set of 15 follow-up tips then covers the next stage of the minimalist journey.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why the Photos in Goodbye, Things Carry the Argument</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Open the hardcover of Goodbye, Things, and the photographs come first. Sixteen pages of color images open the book, and they include before-and-after shots of Sasaki&#8217;s old apartment. The before shots look crowded, while the after shots look nearly empty.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is a design argument, and a good one. Anyone who has built a mood board for a project knows that an image can settle a debate in one second, and Sasaki exploits that speed by placing his before-and-after photographs ahead of the first chapter, so the reader has already agreed with him when the text begins.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would argue the remaining pages of Goodbye, Things mostly repeat what those images already told you. A tighter edit could lose a quarter of the book, and I would not miss it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The prose is plain and repetitive, and Sugita&#8217;s translation keeps it that way. Marie Kondo asks whether an item sparks joy. Sasaki asks blunter questions. Have you used it this year? Can you talk about it with passion?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Comparison Is the Real Subject of Goodbye, Things</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sasaki describes himself as a stressed man who constantly compared himself to others. Possessions fed that habit, because every purchase offered a small claim to status. I think this is the sharpest idea in Goodbye, Things, and the tips bury it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His fix in Goodbye, Things is subtraction. When you own fewer things, you also have fewer scoreboards to check. The closing part, on feeling happy instead of becoming happy, follows from that logic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Designers should pay attention here, because a feed is a showroom. Every portfolio you scroll past invites a measurement. I expect the next wave of minimalism writing to apply Sasaki&#8217;s comparison thesis to social media rather than closets.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The 55 Tips in Goodbye, Things, Ranked by How Fast They Work</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The tips justify buying Goodbye, Things. I ranked them by how quickly they pay off, so the order is mine and not Sasaki&#8217;s.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tips That Work on the First Afternoon</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Three tips need no courage at all.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Start with things that are clearly junk, because momentum beats strategy.</li>



<li>Discard clothes with holes, since nobody will argue with you about them.</li>



<li>Throw out boxes you have not opened since you moved in.</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These sound obvious, yet they solve the hardest problem in Goodbye, Things, which is starting.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tips That Need a Second Pass</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The harder tips in Goodbye, Things ask you to change a habit. The photo rule is my favorite. Sasaki photographs items he finds hard to release, and he admits he hardly ever looks at those photos again. I call this Memory Offload, an editorial label and not Sasaki&#8217;s term. The camera stores the memory, so the object no longer has to.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The year rule works the same way. If you have not used something in a year, Sasaki says to let it go. Then comes the uniform tip. His own wardrobe proves it, since he owns three shirts and four pairs of trousers, plus four pairs of socks. A uniform works like a design system for your body, because fixed components remove daily decisions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next comes the tip I rate highest for designers. Sasaki says to be a borrower, so you use what you need and hand it back. Pair that with the passion test, and the logic is simple. Keep what you love, and borrow the rest.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Finally, there is the habit I call Someday Debt. Spare cables and vacuum parts hang around because you might need them someday. Sasaki says he has never used a warranty. He also compares possessions to roommates who pay no rent. Someday Debt names that rent, which is the space and attention you pay today for a future that rarely arrives.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How to Use Goodbye, Things in Three Passes</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I turned the tips into a routine, which I call the Three-Pass Declutter. It is another editorial label, so you will not find it in Goodbye, Things.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>The junk pass.</strong> Remove broken things and anything you forgot you owned. This takes one afternoon.</li>



<li><strong>The year pass.</strong> Pull everything you have not used in twelve months. Photograph the items that hurt to release, then release them.</li>



<li><strong>The passion pass.</strong> Pick up each remaining item and talk about it for thirty seconds. Silence means it goes.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then stop for a week. Sasaki says you need not discard everything at once. He also asks you to focus on each item you cannot part with and to ask why. Sell or donate the rest when you can, because Sasaki favors auctions and donations over the trash.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Goodbye, Things Falls Short for Families and Designers</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A 215-square-foot studio sets a ceiling on what you can copy from Goodbye, Things. The 150-item figure describes what one man did in one small apartment in Tokyo, so I trust it far more as a record of what is physically possible than as advice that any household with children could ever follow in daily life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Designers hit a harder wall with Goodbye, Things. Reference books and paper samples fail the used-in-a-year test, yet they earn their space. So I apply the passion rule first and the year rule second.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The borrower tip also assumes you live near libraries and rental shops. A small town changes that math.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, I still own the hardcover. Sasaki&#8217;s passion test lets me keep it, because I can talk about it for an hour.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Japanese Minimalism Took Off, and Where It Goes Next</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sasaki links the rise of minimalism in Japan to information overload. He also points to the 2011 Great East Japan Earthquake, which destroyed many houses. Smartphones and cloud storage added a third push, because they let people move photos and music off their shelves.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect digital clutter to replace closet clutter as the main subject of minimalism books by 2030. Sasaki wrote Goodbye, Things in 2015, when cloud storage looked like a cure. Today it looks more like a second storage unit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Borrowing will also beat discarding, in my view. Tool libraries and clothing rentals have already built the market that the borrower tip describes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The before-and-after photo will stay the format that sells minimalism online. Sasaki&#8217;s book leads with that format, and social feeds still reward it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Goodbye, Things at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Details</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Title</td><td>Goodbye, Things: The New Japanese Minimalism</td></tr><tr><td>Author</td><td>Fumio Sasaki, born 1979, former co-editor in chief at Wani Books, co-founder of Minimal &amp; ism</td></tr><tr><td>Translator</td><td>Eriko Sugita</td></tr><tr><td>Japanese original</td><td>Bokutachi ni, mō mono wa hitsuyō nai (Wani Books, 2015)</td></tr><tr><td>English edition</td><td>W. W. Norton &amp; Company, April 11, 2017, illustrated hardcover</td></tr><tr><td>Length and size</td><td>272 pages, 5.6 x 0.9 x 8.6 inches, 16 pages of color illustrations</td></tr><tr><td>ISBN</td><td>978-0393609035 (ISBN-10: 0393609030)</td></tr><tr><td>Structure</td><td>Six parts, including 55 discarding tips and 15 follow-up tips</td></tr><tr><td>Core method</td><td>Subtraction: discard unused items, photograph what hurts to release, borrow, wear a uniform</td></tr><tr><td>Author&#8217;s own count</td><td>About 150 items in 215 square feet</td></tr><tr><td>Best for</td><td>First-time declutterers and designers who want a visual case for owning less</td></tr><tr><td>Weak spot</td><td>Repetitive prose and a method that is hard to copy in a family home</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Who Should Read Goodbye, Things?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Buy Goodbye, Things in hardcover if you have never decluttered and want a visual push. Buy it, too, if you collect design objects and need a firm voice to question them. Skip it if you want a system for a family home, because Goodbye, Things describes one man&#8217;s apartment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Black Friday sits just over five weeks away. Reading Goodbye, Things first costs one evening, and it may save you a few purchases.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://link.amazon/B09dCLDSD" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">The book is available on Amazon.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About Goodbye, Things</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is Goodbye, Things about?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Goodbye, Things is Fumio Sasaki&#8217;s account of cutting his possessions to about 150 items. It mixes memoir with a practical list of 55 discarding tips and 15 follow-up tips.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who wrote and translated Goodbye, Things?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Fumio Sasaki wrote Goodbye, Things, and Eriko Sugita translated it. Wani Books published the Japanese original in 2015, and W. W. Norton published the English edition in 2017.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many items does Fumio Sasaki own?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sasaki owns about 150 items in a 215-square-foot Tokyo apartment. That count includes small things such as his toothbrush and his kitchen condiments.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many tips does Goodbye, Things contain?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Goodbye, Things contains 55 tips for discarding and 15 more tips for the next stage. That makes 70 tips in total.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How does Goodbye, Things differ from Marie Kondo&#8217;s method?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kondo&#8217;s method centers on whether an item sparks joy. Sasaki leans on use and passion tests, such as the one-year rule, and presents minimalism as a personal experiment.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is Goodbye, Things worth reading?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, if you want a fast, visual push to start decluttering. The photo section and the 55 tips deliver the most value, while later chapters repeat earlier points.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does Goodbye, Things work for designers and families?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Partly. Designers can keep reference material by applying the passion test first. Families cannot copy the 150-item count, but the Three-Pass Declutter scales to any household.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the hardcover&#8217;s specifications?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The illustrated hardcover of Goodbye, Things has 272 pages and measures 5.6 by 0.9 by 8.6 inches. Its ISBN-13 is 978-0393609035, and 16 of its pages are color illustrations.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Don&#8217;t hesitate to browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/books">Books</a> category for more reviews.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 44 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/goodbye-things-by-fumio-sasaki-is-a-55-tip-toolkit-for-owning-only-150-items/212850">Goodbye, Things by Fumio Sasaki Is a 55-Tip Toolkit for Owning Only 150 Items</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Coolest Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer Template for Adobe Illustrator!</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/the-coolest-ugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-template-for-adobe-illustrator/212843</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2026 11:06:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Graphic Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Templates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[adobe illustrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe Stock]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Christmas flyer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flyer template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[illustrator template]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ugly sweater]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ugly sweater design]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212843</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>An ugly sweater Christmas party flyer has one job. It must look terrible on purpose and still tell guests when to show up. Vynetta&#8217;s Illustrator template manages both, and I found one flaw within a minute. The flaw sits in the date line. The layout reads &#8220;Friday, December 25,&#8221; which is Christmas Day itself. Nobody [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-coolest-ugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-template-for-adobe-illustrator/212843">The Coolest Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer Template for Adobe Illustrator!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An ugly sweater Christmas party flyer has one job. It must look terrible on purpose and still tell guests when to show up. Vynetta&#8217;s Illustrator template manages both, and I found one flaw within a minute.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The flaw sits in the date line. The layout reads &#8220;Friday, December 25,&#8221; which is Christmas Day itself. Nobody hosts a party that night. So your first edit is the date, and your last edit is probably the colors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Office and neighborhood invitations usually go out in November, so a good ugly sweater Christmas party flyer needs to exist before the first group chat asks about plans. This template saves that afternoon.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-layout%2F396855498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Please note that this vector template requires <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Fillustrator.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe Illustrator</a> to be installed on your computer. You can get the latest version from the Adobe Creative Cloud website. Just have a look <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fcreativecloud.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</em></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-layout%2F396855498" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="768" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Ugly-Sweater-Christmas-Party-Flyer-Template-Design-Adobe-Illustrator-Vector-Graphic-Layout-vynetta-1.webp" alt="This Christmas party flyer template with an ugly sweater design is available for download as a customizable vector graphic in the form of an Adobe Illustrator layout." class="wp-image-212841" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Ugly-Sweater-Christmas-Party-Flyer-Template-Design-Adobe-Illustrator-Vector-Graphic-Layout-vynetta-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/Ugly-Sweater-Christmas-Party-Flyer-Template-Design-Adobe-Illustrator-Vector-Graphic-Layout-vynetta-1-145x160.webp 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">This Christmas party flyer template with an ugly sweater design is available for download as a customizable vector graphic in the form of an Adobe Illustrator layout.</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-layout%2F396855498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Is an Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer Template?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>An ugly sweater Christmas party flyer template is a pre-built, editable layout that imitates a knitted holiday sweater, so the invitation itself becomes part of the joke.</strong> You change the text and print it or post it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Adobe Stock contributor Vynetta designed this one as a vector layout for Adobe Illustrator. It comes in two standard sizes, US Letter and A4. The color mode is CMYK, which suits desktop printers and print shops.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Everything is editable. You can change the size, the colors, the shapes, and the text. Because the artwork is vector, nothing blurs when you scale it up for a poster.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Is the Layout Built? The Sweater Stack</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call the structure the <strong>Sweater Stack</strong>. It is a flyer layout that sorts content into horizontal bands, the way a knitted garment runs from collar to hem. Each band holds one kind of information.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The red collar cutout opens the top edge. Below it, a cream band carries eight alternating red and green snowflakes. The title sits in the cream middle, flanked by two pixel reindeer. A row of pine trees closes that section.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the green block starts. It holds the date, the time ribbon, &#8220;Free Entry&#8221; and the address. A red hem with the web address ends the piece at the bottom.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Knit Grid</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every motif sits on a square pixel grid. I call this the <strong>Knit Grid</strong>. It mimics the charts that knitters follow for Fair Isle patterns, where one square equals one stitch.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is the template&#8217;s best idea. The snowflakes, reindeer, and trees look hand-knitted, yet they stay crisp vector shapes. A typical Christmas flyer template fakes the sweater with a texture photo. This one builds the sweater from geometry instead.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Type and Color</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The headline uses a heavy slab-style display face, green for &#8220;UGLY&#8221; and red for &#8220;SWEATER.&#8221; A looping script handles &#8220;Party&#8221; and &#8220;Free Entry.&#8221; Two typefaces keep the hierarchy clear.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Check which fonts the file calls for before you edit. In Illustrator, open Type, then Find Font. Missing fonts will swap silently otherwise, and your headline will lose its weight.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The palette uses red, dark green, cream, and a sandy tan for the reindeer. Four colors keep the print job cheap and the look consistent.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do You Customize an Ugly Sweater Party Flyer in Illustrator?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The edit order matters. I changed the facts first and the styling last. That sequence keeps you from polishing a flyer that still carries the wrong date.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Replace the date. Pick a real weekend before December 25, and keep the day of the week correct.</li>



<li>Swap &#8220;Your Presents&#8221; for the host name. The placeholder reads like a pun, but a guest needs to know who is inviting them.</li>



<li>Rewrite the time ribbon. Keep it to three short items, for example, start time, food, and music.</li>



<li>Enter the venue address in the small line beside &#8220;Free Entry.&#8221;</li>



<li>Replace the placeholder web address with an RSVP link or a short URL.</li>



<li>Recolor the artwork. Select the motifs and use Edit, then Edit Colors, then Recolor Artwork.</li>
</ol>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For social posts, convert the document first. Go to File, then Document Color Mode, then RGB Color. Screens show brighter colors than CMYK, so check the greens again after the switch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Is This Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer Actually Ugly?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No. That is my main criticism. Real ugly sweaters clash, bulge, and overreach. This one coordinates beautifully, and the polish works against the joke.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can fix that in about two minutes. Recolor the snowflakes in neon orange and teal, and push the tan reindeer to purple. Suddenly the flyer looks like something a relative would knit without asking you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would also resize the info band. The time ribbon and the address line run small, and on a phone screen they shrink further. Raise both to roughly the size of the date line. Guests read the logistics first, and they forgive the decoration.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The script &#8220;Free Entry&#8221; is the weakest element. Cream script on dark green reads fine on paper, but it thins out on small screens.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Feature</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Designer</td><td>Vynetta (Adobe Stock contributor)</td></tr><tr><td>Format</td><td>Vector layout for Adobe Illustrator</td></tr><tr><td>Sizes</td><td>US Letter and A4</td></tr><tr><td>Color mode</td><td>CMYK</td></tr><tr><td>Editable elements</td><td>Size, colors, shapes, text</td></tr><tr><td>Core structure</td><td>Sweater Stack (horizontal bands, collar to hem)</td></tr><tr><td>Motif style</td><td>Knit Grid (square-pixel Fair Isle patterns)</td></tr><tr><td>Palette</td><td>Red, dark green, cream, tan</td></tr><tr><td>Placeholder date</td><td>Friday, December 25 (change it)</td></tr><tr><td>Best use</td><td>Office parties, bar nights, family gatherings</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Are Ugly Sweater Invitations Heading?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect three shifts, and these are predictions, not measurements. First, editable vector layouts will keep beating one-off generated images for party invitations. A host must fix a date or an address, and a flattened picture makes that painful.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Second, hosts will ask for vertical story-sized versions of every flyer. Next season&#8217;s templates will probably ship with a 9:16 artboard beside the print sizes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Third, the pixel-knit look will spread beyond sweaters. Expect it on holiday menus, place cards, and event tickets, because the Knit Grid scales down to tiny sizes without losing its shape.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Fugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-layout%2F396855498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the template from Adobe Stock.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About the Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What software do I need?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You need Adobe Illustrator. The template is a vector layout built for that program.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which sizes are included?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The template comes in US Letter and A4. Pick Letter for North America and A4 for most other regions.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I change the colors?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. Every color is editable, so you can recolor the artwork to match a team, a venue, or a deliberately clashing theme.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is CMYK a problem for sharing online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It can be. CMYK targets print, so convert the file to RGB before you post it on social media. Then check the colors again.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I edit the text?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. You can change every line, including the date, host name, time, address, and web address.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where do I get the template?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Vynetta publishes it on Adobe Stock. Read the license terms there before you use it for a public or commercial event.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which date should I use?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Choose a date before December 25. The placeholder falls on Christmas Day, and few guests will come.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Don&#8217;t hesitate to take a look at our <a href="/category/recommendations/templates-2">Templates</a> category.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 46 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/the-coolest-ugly-sweater-christmas-party-flyer-template-for-adobe-illustrator/212843">The Coolest Ugly Sweater Christmas Party Flyer Template for Adobe Illustrator!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TAN Curious Font by TanType</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/tan-curious-font-by-tantype/212834</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2026 13:08:14 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommendations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[elegant font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[retro font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[serif font]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TAN Curious]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TanType]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[typeface]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212834</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TAN Curious asks you to look twice at every capital. TanType created this decorative serif font for designers who find classic Didone elegance a little cold. I studied the specimens closely, and my opinion is firm. TAN Curious is a poster font. Set it large and in capitals. Keep the words short. Ornamental serifs are [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/tan-curious-font-by-tantype/212834">TAN Curious Font by TanType</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">TAN Curious asks you to look twice at every capital. TanType created this decorative serif font for designers who find classic Didone elegance a little cold. I studied the specimens closely, and my opinion is firm. TAN Curious is a poster font. Set it large and in capitals. Keep the words short.</p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.dpbolvw.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftantype%2F292426452-TAN-CURIOUS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the font for little money on Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ornamental serifs are back on shelves and menus. Brands want warmth after years of neutral grotesques. TAN Curious fits that appetite. However, it demands more discipline than its friendly name suggests.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://www.dpbolvw.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftantype%2F292426452-TAN-CURIOUS" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="902" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/TAN-Curious-font-TanType-1.webp" alt="TAN Curious font by TanType" class="wp-image-212832" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/TAN-Curious-font-TanType-1.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/TAN-Curious-font-TanType-1-123x160.webp 123w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">TAN Curious font by TanType</figcaption></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.dpbolvw.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftantype%2F292426452-TAN-CURIOUS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the font for little money on Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Does TAN Curious Look Like Up Close?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specimen sheet sets MOONBEAMS, WILDFLOWERS, HEARTSTRINGS, and MAPLEWOODS in olive on cream. Those words run nine, eleven, twelve, and ten letters. That choice tells you something. TanType picked long words to show off the swashes, and the rhythm still holds.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Capitals Carry the Personality</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">TAN Curious keeps classic proportions. The strokes alternate between thick and thin like a traditional serif. The personality sits in the details. In HEARTSTRINGS, the R and the S pick up curled terminals. In COZY FIRESIDE COCOA, the Z ends in a hook instead of a flat foot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The ATELIER poster shows the same habit. The R extends its leg well to the right. The A curls its left foot. Meanwhile, the O is the quiet hero of this serif font. Its counter is wide enough to hold a red-capped mushroom inside CURIOUS. You can copy that layout trick.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Lowercase Plays a Different Game</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The poster also shows lowercase in &#8220;TanTypeCo. Presents&#8221; and &#8220;A Stylish Serif.&#8221; Those letters lean on loops and long entry strokes. They look closer to a script than to a serif. I like them. However, they clash with the capitals when you mix cases in one line. Pick a case and commit to it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Do Swashes and Ligatures Work in TAN Curious?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">TanType states that TAN Curious includes ligatures and alternate characters. You need software with OpenType support to access them. <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Fillustrator.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Adobe Illustrator</a>, <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.adobe.com%2Fproducts%2Findesign.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">InDesign</a>, and <a href="https://adobe.prf.hn/click/camref:1100lr4ct/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fstock.adobe.com%2Ftemplates%2Ftrain-poster-mockup-n-metro-branding-presentation-psd%2F2002229609" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Photoshop</a> all expose these through their Glyphs and OpenType panels. Open the Glyphs panel first. The alternates hide there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The listing also mentions multilingual support and free future updates. That matters for packaging work. Products often ship in several markets, so accented characters need to exist before the layout is final.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Swash Load Test: A Way to Judge TAN Curious</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use a simple measure for decorative type. <strong>Swash load</strong> is the share of letters in a word that carry a visible flourish. A high swash load makes a word read as ornament first and language second. Every swash serif has a point where that tipping happens.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My thesis is short. A TAN Curious headline stays readable at one to four words, with no more than twelve letters per word. The longest word on the official specimen is HEARTSTRINGS, at twelve letters. Treat that as the ceiling.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Rule One: Cap the Word Length</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Long words stack up curls. Readers then spend effort decoding the letters instead of enjoying them. Short words give each swash room. A word like COCOA or CIDER lets the type breathe.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Rule Two: Cap the Line Count</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specimen sets seven short lines in alternating olive and burgundy. Each line holds two to four words. Color does the separating work, so the eye never tangles. This is a smart move. I would borrow it for any seasonal TAN Curious layout.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Rule Three: Respect the Hairlines</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The poster sets pink type on a dark olive field. Contrast stays high, so the thin strokes survive. On a mid-tone background, those hairlines would vanish. Test your color pairing before you commit.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Where Does TAN Curious Work Best?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The specimen copy reads like a seasonal café menu. AMBER APPLE CIDER and BROWN SUGAR CHAI show the intended territory. That territory includes packaging, invitations, labels, and fashion branding. A TAN Curious wordmark for a small tea brand makes sense. So does a wedding invitation header.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People often search for the best serif font for wedding invitations. TAN Curious belongs on that shortlist, but only for names and dates in large sizes. Set the address block in something plain.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where TAN Curious Fails</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Do not set body text in it. The swashes slow reading, and the hairlines break down at small sizes. I would treat anything under 24 points with suspicion. The same goes for navigation menus, buttons, and long URLs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A mixed-case in running headlines also looks uneasy. Capitals show the design at its best. The lowercase feels like a different personality. Therefore, I keep TAN Curious in capitals for headlines and use another typeface for everything else.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Does TAN Curious Work in Canva?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Partly. The Creative Market listing says Canva has limited support for advanced OpenType features. Some ligatures, alternates, and special characters may stay out of reach. You can still install the font and type with the default glyphs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you need the full swash set, build the headline in Illustrator. Then export it as an SVG or PNG and place it in Canva. This workflow keeps every alternate intact. It also locks the text, so finish your copy first.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Does TAN Curious Compare to Other Decorative Serifs?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Otto Weisert&#8217;s Arnold Böcklin from 1904 is the obvious Art Nouveau reference. It carries heavy mass and sharp drama. TAN Curious stays lighter and more regular. It feels closer to a boutique perfume label than to a Jugendstil exhibition poster.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That restraint is both its strength and its limit. The font charms without shouting. Yet it will not carry a brand alone. It needs a quiet partner. The specimen uses small, wide-set sans capitals for &#8220;TAN TYPE CO.&#8221; in the corners. That pairing works, and I would copy it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Comes Next for Ornamental Serifs?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I expect botanical collage layouts to keep growing. The TanType poster already shows the formula. Vintage trees, a fawn, a fly agaric, and a flat color field sit behind swashy capitals. Expect more fonts like TAN Curious to ship with that visual kit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also expect a backlash. Once every café menu uses a swash serif, designers will move on. Fonts like this age fast. The ones that last will be the ones used with restraint.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">TAN Curious at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Attribute</th><th>Detail</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Typeface</td><td>TAN Curious</td></tr><tr><td>Foundry</td><td>TanType (TAN TYPE CO.)</td></tr><tr><td>Category</td><td>Decorative serif with swashes</td></tr><tr><td>Strongest case</td><td>Capitals, as shown on the specimens</td></tr><tr><td>Best sizes</td><td>Large display sizes</td></tr><tr><td>Best uses</td><td>Packaging, invitations, logos, posters, book covers</td></tr><tr><td>Weak uses</td><td>Body text, small UI, long words</td></tr><tr><td>Word length ceiling</td><td>Twelve letters (my Swash Load Test)</td></tr><tr><td>OpenType features</td><td>Ligatures and alternates</td></tr><tr><td>Languages</td><td>Multilingual support</td></tr><tr><td>Updates</td><td>Free future updates</td></tr><tr><td>Canva</td><td>Works, with limited OpenType access</td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button"><a class="wp-block-button__link wp-element-button" href="https://www.dpbolvw.net/click-100832746-15736042?url=https%3A%2F%2Fcreativemarket.com%2Ftantype%2F292426452-TAN-CURIOUS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Download the font for little money on Creative Market.</a></div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Common Questions</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is TAN Curious?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">TAN Curious is a decorative serif by TanType with classic proportions, swashes, and flourishes. Creative Market lists it for fashion branding, editorial layouts, packaging, and invitations.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is TAN Curious good for logos?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes, for short names. A wordmark under twelve letters keeps the swash load manageable. Long brand names will turn into ornament.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does TAN Curious support OpenType features?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Yes. The listing mentions ligatures and alternate characters. You need OpenType-aware software such as Illustrator or InDesign to reach them.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can I use TAN Curious in Canva?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can install and use it. However, Canva offers limited OpenType support, so some alternates may stay hidden. Build complex headlines in Illustrator and export them.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which sizes work best for TAN Curious?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Large ones. Headlines, posters, and wordmarks show the swashes properly. Small sizes crush the hairlines.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What pairs well with TAN Curious?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A plain, wide-set sans in capitals. The official specimen uses that combination for its corner labels.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/recommendations/fonts-2">Fonts</a> category or visit our selection of the <a href="/100-cool-retro-fonts-for-2027-the-best-free-and-paid-picks-sorted-by-license-and-era/212711">best retro fonts for 2027</a>.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 48 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/tan-curious-font-by-tantype/212834">TAN Curious Font by TanType</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>František Jungvirt Brings Sculptural Glass Lighting to Villa Volman</title>
		<link>https://weandthecolor.com/frantisek-jungvirt-brings-sculptural-glass-lighting-to-villa-volman/212826</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dirk Petzold]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2026 10:20:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Interior Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[František Jungvirt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interior design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lamps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ptague]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vases]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://weandthecolor.com/?p=212826</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>František Jungvirt made a smart move by turning his vases into lamps. Villa Volman, a functionalist landmark near Prague, is the right place to judge it. The Czech glass artist presents three vase series there as light objects. Designblok 2026 ran from October 7 to 11 under the theme Light, and this installation belongs to [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/frantisek-jungvirt-brings-sculptural-glass-lighting-to-villa-volman/212826">František Jungvirt Brings Sculptural Glass Lighting to Villa Volman</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<div class='code-block code-block-1' style='margin: 8px 0; clear: both;'>
<!-- content -->
<ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-8598693543797152"
     data-ad-slot="2176850704"
     data-ad-format="auto"
     data-full-width-responsive="true"></ins>
<script>
     (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
</script></div>
<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.frantisekjungvirt.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">František Jungvirt</a> made a smart move by turning his vases into lamps. Villa Volman, a functionalist landmark near Prague, is the right place to judge it. The Czech glass artist presents three vase series there as light objects. Designblok 2026 ran from October 7 to 11 under the theme Light, and this installation belongs to that program. Visitors can still see it until October 31, 2026, but only with a reservation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the František Jungvirt idea works because the villa never wanted a museum&#8217;s silence. Its architects mixed curves and color into a rational plan. A glass lamp with a ruby heart fits that house better than a spotless white box would.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="696" height="1550" src="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/1-Frantisek-Jungvirt-Sculptural-Glass-Lighting-Villa-Volman.webp" alt="František Jungvirt Brings Sculptural Glass Lighting to Villa Volman." class="wp-image-212824" srcset="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/1-Frantisek-Jungvirt-Sculptural-Glass-Lighting-Villa-Volman.webp 696w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/1-Frantisek-Jungvirt-Sculptural-Glass-Lighting-Villa-Volman-72x160.webp 72w, https://weandthecolor.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/1-Frantisek-Jungvirt-Sculptural-Glass-Lighting-Villa-Volman-690x1536.webp 690w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption">František Jungvirt Brings Sculptural Glass Lighting to Villa Volman.</figcaption></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Did František Jungvirt Change at Villa Volman?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He changed the job of the glass. Since the villa reopened in 2022, František Jungvirt&#8217;s vases have stood in its rooms as permanent objects. Now the same forms give off light instead of holding flowers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I call this the <strong>Vessel-to-Light Shift</strong>. It describes a glass form that stops containing something and starts emitting something. The silhouette stays the same, yet the role in the room reverses completely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Think about what a lamp does to a space. It decides what your eye finds first at dusk. It also colors every wall within reach. A vase asks for attention, but a lamp sets the terms of the whole room.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">František Jungvirt says the objects are no longer interior accessories. They act as direct sources of light that change how visitors read the architecture. That claim is bold, and in my view it is fair.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Why Villa Volman Suits Glass Light Objects</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">A House Built on Curves</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Industrialist Josef Volman commissioned the villa in 1938 and 1939. The young architects Jiří Štursa and Karel Janů designed it, and both admired Le Corbusier. Many consider it one of the best works of Czech interwar Functionalism.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Strict Functionalism would reject a heart-shaped lamp. Villa Volman does not. Štursa and Janů added expressive curves, organic details, and an unusually rich palette of materials and colors. Historians often call this approach emotional or expressive Functionalism.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">A Rescue That Earned a Jury Prize</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After the communist takeover in 1948, the Volman family had to leave. The house then declined for decades. By the 1990s, part of the building faced demolition.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Local entrepreneurs bought the protected monument and began a full restoration. TaK Architects led the work under architect Marek Tichý. The project won the jury prize for sensitive restoration in the 2016 Stavba roku competition. The villa reopened in 2022 and joined the Iconic Houses network that same year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Curator Zuzana Kadlečková, who chairs the Villa Volman association, says the team never wanted a frozen artifact. She wants the villa to keep developing with young artists. František Jungvirt fits that plan well.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Three Series Behind the Collection</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The František Jungvirt lamps come from three existing series: Garden Basic, Toy, and Bloom. Each series answers a different question about glass and light. Before I rank them, I need a test.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The Two-State Test for Glass Lamps</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A glass lamp lives in two states. Switched off, it works as a sculpture in daylight. Switched on, it works as a colored light source at night. I call this the <strong>Two-State Test</strong>, and most glass lighting fails one half of it.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Garden Basic: The Safe Pick</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Garden Basic strips the vase down to its simplest form. The light versions use subtle earthy tones and keep the silhouette clear. They pass the off state easily. However, I expect them to sell best and surprise least.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Toy: The Risky Pick</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Toy uses undulating curves that recall childhood play and molten glass. This is the series that must pass both states. Wavy forms can turn muddy once a bulb sits inside them. Still, the villa&#8217;s own curves give them a fair chance.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Bloom: The Pick That Carries the Idea</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bloom matters most in the František Jungvirt collection, so it gets the most space here. The original vases have a heart shape and ruby-red glass. As lamps, they take on a softer and more intimate character. They cast a warm glow across the villa&#8217;s interiors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Heart shapes turn kitschy fast. That is my honest worry about the František Jungvirt Bloom lamps. Ruby glass filters light toward red, so white plaster nearby should pick up a warm cast. A restored 1939 interior also gives the form a serious counterweight.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If any František Jungvirt piece goes viral, I bet it is a Bloom lamp. It photographs well in a dark room. It also gives the Vessel-to-Light Shift a face that people remember.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How František Jungvirt Makes the Light Objects</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The František Jungvirt studio makes every light object by hand with traditional glassblowing. A glassblower blows each piece into a wooden mold. Then a grinder shapes it by hand, and the surface gets either a matte finish or a high polish. Finally, a custom metal structure joins the glass, and the studio develops it for that single object.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The finish choice matters more than it sounds. Matte glass diffuses light and softens shadows. Polished glass throws sharper highlights and shows the bulb more clearly. As a result, the same shape can behave like two different lamps.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The press material leaves out technical lighting data. It gives no wattage, bulb type, or dimming details. Architects who specify lighting will ask for those numbers first, so I would request them before planning a project.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Comes Next for František Jungvirt</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">František Jungvirt plans larger light installations and monumental glass sculptures for specific architectural projects. He also wants to take on fuller interior commissions, from small objects to one-of-a-kind artworks. His portfolio now includes visualizations and 3D models that architects can use in client presentations.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He has worked with architects for years. His objects appear in projects by 0,5 Studio and Miaow architekti, and selected vases sit in the Four Seasons Hotel. He graduated from the Glass Studio at UMPRUM under Rony Plesl. His collections carry his own brand, františek jungvirt.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My prediction is simple. František Jungvirt&#8217;s next big commission will be a stairwell or atrium installation. Meanwhile, more Czech glass studios will pitch lighting to restored heritage houses within two years. Villa Volman has set the template.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">František Jungvirt at Villa Volman at a Glance</h2>



<figure class="wp-block-table"><table class="has-fixed-layout"><thead><tr><th>Detail</th><th>Information</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Artist</td><td><a href="https://www.frantisekjungvirt.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">František Jungvirt</a>, glass artist and designer</td></tr><tr><td>Project</td><td>New collection of glass light objects</td></tr><tr><td>Venue</td><td>Villa Volman, Stankovského 1200/46, Čelákovice, Czech Republic</td></tr><tr><td>Villa architects</td><td>Jiří Štursa and Karel Janů (1938–1939)</td></tr><tr><td>Restoration</td><td>TaK Architects under Marek Tichý; reopened in 2022</td></tr><tr><td>Source series</td><td>Garden Basic, Toy, and Bloom</td></tr><tr><td>Technique</td><td>Hand-blown in wooden molds, hand-ground, matte or polished</td></tr><tr><td>Mounting</td><td>Custom metal structure for each object</td></tr><tr><td>Festival</td><td>Designblok 2026, 28th edition, October 7–11, theme Light</td></tr><tr><td>On view until</td><td>October 31, 2026</td></tr><tr><td>Access</td><td>Guided tours with advance reservation</td></tr><tr><td>Photographer</td><td><a href="https://www.annapleslova.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Anna Pleslová</a></td></tr></tbody></table></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How to See the Glass Lamps in Person</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To see the František Jungvirt lamps, go to Villa Volman in Čelákovice, about 20 kilometers east of Prague. The lamps appear on the villa&#8217;s regular guided tours. You must reserve in advance. As of October 20, eleven days remain.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bring a camera and arrive with a question. Ask yourself which of the three series earns its place. Then compare your answer with mine.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Frequently Asked Questions About František Jungvirt and Villa Volman</h2>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Who is František Jungvirt?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">František Jungvirt is a Czech glass artist, designer, and glass painter. He graduated from the Glass Studio at UMPRUM in Prague. His brand, františek jungvirt, sells cohesive glass collections to collectors worldwide.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is the Villa Volman installation?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is a new František Jungvirt collection of glass light objects inside Villa Volman in Čelákovice. The lamps develop forms from three vase series. His vases have stood in the villa permanently since 2022.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Which František Jungvirt series became lamps?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">František Jungvirt turned Garden Basic, Toy, and Bloom into lamps. Garden Basic uses earthy tones, Toy uses undulating curves, and Bloom uses heart-shaped ruby-red glass.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How does František Jungvirt make the lamps?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His glassblowers blow each piece into a wooden mold. The studio then grinds it by hand and finishes it matte or polished. A custom metal structure completes each object.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">When can I see the František Jungvirt lamps?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The František Jungvirt lamps stay installed until October 31, 2026. You can see them on guided tours of the villa. Visitors must reserve in advance.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where is the František Jungvirt installation?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The František Jungvirt installation stands at Villa Volman, which sits at Stankovského 1200/46 in Čelákovice. The town lies about 20 kilometers east of Prague.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What does František Jungvirt plan next?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He plans larger light installations and monumental glass sculptures for specific architectural projects. He also plans fuller interior commissions, from small objects to one-of-a-kind artworks.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity is-style-dots"/>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All images © <a href="https://www.annapleslova.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Anna Pleslová</a>. Browse WE AND THE COLOR&#8217;s <a href="/category/design/interior-design-2">Interior Design</a> category for more inspiring articles.</p>



<div style="padding:20px" class="wp-block-tnp-minimal"><p>Subscribe to our newsletter!</p><div><div class="tnp tnp-subscription-minimal  "><form action="https://weandthecolor.com/wp-admin/admin-ajax.php?action=tnp&amp;na=s" method="post" style="text-align: center"><input type="hidden" name="nr" value="minimal">
<input type="hidden" name="nlang" value="">
<input class="tnp-email" type="email" required name="ne" value="" placeholder="Email"><input class="tnp-submit" type="submit" value="Subscribe" style="">
<div class="tnp-field tnp-privacy-field"><label><input type="checkbox" name="ny" required class="tnp-privacy"> <a target="_blank" href="https://weandthecolor.com/privacy-cookies-policy">By continuing, you accept the privacy policy</a></label></div></form></div>
</div></div>
<!-- CONTENT END 50 -->
<p>The post <a href="https://weandthecolor.com/frantisek-jungvirt-brings-sculptural-glass-lighting-to-villa-volman/212826">František Jungvirt Brings Sculptural Glass Lighting to Villa Volman</a> appeared first on <a href="https://weandthecolor.com">WE AND THE COLOR</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>